TWI825000B - Film manufacturing method, laminate manufacturing method, and electronic component manufacturing method - Google Patents

Film manufacturing method, laminate manufacturing method, and electronic component manufacturing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI825000B
TWI825000B TW106128253A TW106128253A TWI825000B TW I825000 B TWI825000 B TW I825000B TW 106128253 A TW106128253 A TW 106128253A TW 106128253 A TW106128253 A TW 106128253A TW I825000 B TWI825000 B TW I825000B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
manufacturing
resin composition
ring
film
Prior art date
Application number
TW106128253A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201840436A (en
Inventor
沢野充
加持義貴
犬島孝能
岩井悠
伊藤勝志
斯特凡 萬克魯斯特
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=61245858&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=TWI825000(B) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW201840436A publication Critical patent/TW201840436A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI825000B publication Critical patent/TWI825000B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/037Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polyamides or polyimides
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05DPROCESSES FOR APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05D3/00Pretreatment of surfaces to which liquids or other fluent materials are to be applied; After-treatment of applied coatings, e.g. intermediate treating of an applied coating preparatory to subsequent applications of liquids or other fluent materials
    • B05D3/02Pretreatment of surfaces to which liquids or other fluent materials are to be applied; After-treatment of applied coatings, e.g. intermediate treating of an applied coating preparatory to subsequent applications of liquids or other fluent materials by baking
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05DPROCESSES FOR APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05D3/00Pretreatment of surfaces to which liquids or other fluent materials are to be applied; After-treatment of applied coatings, e.g. intermediate treating of an applied coating preparatory to subsequent applications of liquids or other fluent materials
    • B05D3/02Pretreatment of surfaces to which liquids or other fluent materials are to be applied; After-treatment of applied coatings, e.g. intermediate treating of an applied coating preparatory to subsequent applications of liquids or other fluent materials by baking
    • B05D3/0254After-treatment
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05DPROCESSES FOR APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05D7/00Processes, other than flocking, specially adapted for applying liquids or other fluent materials to particular surfaces or for applying particular liquids or other fluent materials
    • B05D7/24Processes, other than flocking, specially adapted for applying liquids or other fluent materials to particular surfaces or for applying particular liquids or other fluent materials for applying particular liquids or other fluent materials
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/34Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyamides
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/075Silicon-containing compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/70Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/708Construction of apparatus, e.g. environment aspects, hygiene aspects or materials
    • G03F7/70858Environment aspects, e.g. pressure of beam-path gas, temperature
    • G03F7/70866Environment aspects, e.g. pressure of beam-path gas, temperature of mask or workpiece
    • G03F7/70875Temperature, e.g. temperature control of masks or workpieces via control of stage temperature

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Atmospheric Sciences (AREA)
  • Environmental & Geological Engineering (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)
  • Application Of Or Painting With Fluid Materials (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)

Abstract

本發明提供一種黏合性優異之積層體的製造方法及電子元件的製造方法。該製造方法中,使用包含聚醯亞胺前驅物和具有反應性基之矽烷偶合劑之樹脂組成物於支撐體上形成樹脂組成物層,以兩個階段以上的多個階段對樹脂組成物層進行加熱,且以比第1階段的加熱溫度高的溫度進行第2階段的加熱。The present invention provides a method of manufacturing a laminate excellent in adhesiveness and a method of manufacturing an electronic component. In this manufacturing method, a resin composition containing a polyimide precursor and a silane coupling agent having a reactive group is used to form a resin composition layer on a support, and the resin composition layer is processed in multiple stages of two or more stages. Heating is performed, and the second stage heating is performed at a temperature higher than the heating temperature in the first stage.

Description

膜的製造方法、積層體的製造方法及電子元件的製造方法Film manufacturing method, laminate manufacturing method, and electronic component manufacturing method

本發明是有關於一種膜的製造方法、積層體的製造方法及電子元件的製造方法。The present invention relates to a method of manufacturing a film, a method of manufacturing a laminated body, and a method of manufacturing an electronic component.

聚醯亞胺的耐熱性及絕緣性,因此使用於電子元件的絕緣層等中。又,聚醯亞胺對溶劑的溶解性低,因此還進行於以環化反應前的前驅物(聚醯亞胺前驅物)的狀態應用於支撐體等之後,對其進行加熱而將聚醯亞胺前驅物進行環化來形成硬化膜之情況。Polyimide is used in insulation layers of electronic components due to its heat resistance and insulation properties. In addition, polyimide has low solubility in solvents, so it is also carried out by applying the precursor (polyimide precursor) before the cyclization reaction to a support or the like and then heating it to convert the polyimide into a solvent. The imine precursor is cyclized to form a hardened film.

例如,專利文獻1、2中記載有使用包含聚醯亞胺前驅物之樹脂組成物而製造圖案硬化膜之情況。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]For example, Patent Documents 1 and 2 describe manufacturing a patterned cured film using a resin composition containing a polyimide precursor. [Prior art documents] [Patent documents]

[專利文獻1]美國專利第9159547號說明書 [專利文獻2]日本特開2013-160827號公報[Patent Document 1] U.S. Patent No. 9159547 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-160827

然而,使用包含聚醯亞胺前驅物之樹脂組成物而得到之膜的支撐體和金屬層等的黏合性不夠充分。尤其,得知將使用包含聚醯亞胺前驅物之樹脂組成物而形成之樹脂層和金屬層交替積層複數層來形成積層體之情況下,隨著積層數的增加,樹脂層彼此的黏合性、樹脂層與金屬層的黏合性容易降低。又,於利用專利文獻1、2中所記載之方法而得到之膜中,與支撐體或金屬層等的黏合性亦不夠充分。However, the adhesion between the support and the metal layer of a film obtained using a resin composition containing a polyimide precursor is insufficient. In particular, it was found that when a plurality of resin layers and metal layers formed using a resin composition containing a polyimide precursor are alternately stacked to form a laminate, the adhesion between the resin layers increases as the number of stacked layers increases. , the adhesion between the resin layer and the metal layer is easily reduced. Furthermore, even in the films obtained by the methods described in Patent Documents 1 and 2, the adhesion to the support, the metal layer, etc. is insufficient.

本發明的目的在於提供一種與支撐體或金屬層等的黏合性優異之膜的製造方法、積層體的製造方法及電子元件的製造方法。An object of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing a film, a method for manufacturing a laminated body, and a method for manufacturing an electronic component that have excellent adhesion to a support, a metal layer, or the like.

基於上述問題,發明人進行了研究之結果,發現使用使用包含聚醯亞胺前驅物和具有反應性基之矽烷偶合劑之樹脂組成物於支撐體上形成樹脂組成物層,以兩個階段以上的多個階段對該樹脂組成物層進行加熱,由此能夠製造黏合性優異之膜,以至解決了上述問題。本發明提供以下。 <1>一種膜的製造方法,其使用包含聚醯亞胺前驅物和具有反應性基之矽烷偶合劑之樹脂組成物而於支撐體上形成樹脂組成物層, 以兩個階段以上的多個階段對樹脂組成物層進行加熱,且以比第1階段的加熱溫度高的溫度進行第2階段的加熱。 <2>如<1>所述之膜的製造方法,其中 樹脂組成物為感光性樹脂組成物, 對樹脂組成物層進行曝光及顯影而形成圖案之後,以兩個階段以上的多個階段對樹脂組成物層進行加熱。 <3>如<1>或<2>所述之膜的製造方法,其中 將第1階段的加熱於130~170℃的溫度下進行10~60分鐘。 <4>如<1>~<3>中任一項所述之膜的製造方法,其中 將第2階段的加熱於180~250℃的溫度下進行60~300分鐘。 <5>如<1>~<4>中任一項所述之膜的製造方法,其中 矽烷偶合劑所具有之反應性基為選自酸基、胺基、具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團及環狀醚基中之至少一種。 <6>一種積層體的製造方法,其包括<1>~<5>中任一項所述之膜的製造方法。 <7>如<6>所述之積層體的製造方法,其中 將利用<1>~<5>中任一項所述之膜的製造方法製造膜之製程重複2次以上。 <8>如<6>或<7>所述之積層體的製造方法,其還包括形成金屬層之製程。 <9>如<6>~<8>中任一項所述之積層體的製造方法,其中 將利用<1>~<5>中任一項所述之膜的製造方法製造膜之製程和於膜上形成金屬層之製程分別交替進行2次以上。 <10>一種電子元件的製造方法,其包括<1>~<5>中任一項所述之膜的製造方法或<6>~<9>中任一項所述之積層體的製造方法。 [發明效果]Based on the above problems, the inventor conducted research and found that a resin composition containing a polyimide precursor and a silane coupling agent with a reactive group is used to form a resin composition layer on a support in more than two stages. By heating the resin composition layer in multiple stages, a film with excellent adhesiveness can be produced, thus solving the above problems. The present invention provides the following. <1> A method for manufacturing a film, which uses a resin composition containing a polyimide precursor and a silane coupling agent having a reactive group to form a resin composition layer on a support, using a plurality of processes in two or more stages The resin composition layer is heated in one stage, and the second stage is heated at a temperature higher than the heating temperature in the first stage. <2> The method for manufacturing a film according to <1>, wherein the resin composition is a photosensitive resin composition, and after the resin composition layer is exposed and developed to form a pattern, the film is patterned in two or more stages. The resin composition layer is heated. <3> The method for producing a film according to <1> or <2>, wherein the heating in the first stage is performed at a temperature of 130 to 170°C for 10 to 60 minutes. <4> The method for producing a film according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the second-stage heating is performed at a temperature of 180 to 250°C for 60 to 300 minutes. <5> The method for producing a film according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the reactive group of the silane coupling agent is selected from the group consisting of an acid group, an amine group, and a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. At least one of group and cyclic ether group. <6> A method for manufacturing a laminated body, including the method for manufacturing a film according to any one of <1> to <5>. <7> The method for manufacturing a laminated body according to <6>, wherein the process of manufacturing a film by the method for manufacturing a film according to any one of <1> to <5> is repeated two or more times. <8> The manufacturing method of the laminated body according to <6> or <7>, which further includes a process of forming a metal layer. <9> The method for manufacturing a laminated body according to any one of <6> to <8>, wherein the method for manufacturing a film according to any one of <1> to <5> is used; The process of forming a metal layer on the film is alternately performed two or more times. <10> A method of manufacturing an electronic component, including the method of manufacturing a film according to any one of <1> to <5> or the method of manufacturing a laminated body according to any one of <6> to <9> . [Effects of the invention]

依本發明,能夠提供一種與支撐體或金屬層等的黏合性優異之膜的製造方法、積層體的製造方法及電子元件的製造方法。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method of manufacturing a film, a method of manufacturing a laminated body, and a method of manufacturing an electronic component that have excellent adhesion to a support, a metal layer, or the like.

以下所記載之本發明中的構成要件的說明有時基於本發明的代表性實施形態而進行,但本發明並不限定於該種實施形態。 本說明書中的基團(原子團)的標記中,未記錄經取代及未經取代之標記是同時包含不具有取代基之基團和具有取代基之基團。例如,「烷基」不僅包含不具有取代基之烷基(未經取代之烷基),還包含具有取代基之烷基(取代烷基)。 本說明書中「曝光」只要無特別限定,除了利用光的曝光以外,利用電子束、離子束等粒子束之描繪亦包含於曝光中。又,作為使用於曝光之光,通常可列舉以水銀燈的明線光譜、準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等光化射線或放射線。 本說明書中,利用「~」表示之數值範圍是指將記載於「~」前後之數值作為下限值及上限值而包含之範圍。 本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」表示「丙烯酸酯」及「甲基丙烯酸酯」這兩者或其中任一個,「(甲基)烯丙基」表示「烯丙基」及「甲基烯丙基」兩者或其中任一個,「(甲基)丙烯酸」表示「丙烯酸」及「甲基丙烯酸」這兩者或其中任一個,「(甲基)丙烯醯基」表示「丙烯醯基」及「甲基丙烯醯基」這兩者或其中任一個。 本說明書中,「製程」這一術語,不僅是獨立的製程,而且即使於無法與其他製程明確區分之情況下,若可實現對該製程所預期之作用,則亦包含於本術語中。 本說明書中,固體成分濃度是指相對於組成物的總質量之除了溶劑以外的成分的質量百分率。又,只要沒有特別記載,則固體成分濃度是指25℃下的濃度。 本說明書中,只要沒有特別記載,則重量平均分子量(Mw)及數平均分子量(Mn)基於凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)測定,並作為苯乙烯換算值而定義。本說明書中,重量平均分子量(Mw)及數平均分子量(Mn)例如能夠利用HLC-8220(TOSOH CORPORATION製),並作為管柱而使用保護管柱HZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000及TSKgel Super HZ2000(TOSOH CORPORATION製)而求出。只要沒有特別記載,則將洗提液設為利用THF(四氫呋喃)進行測定者。又,只要沒有特別記載,則將檢測設為使用了UV線(紫外線)的波長254nm檢測器者。The description of the constituent elements in the present invention described below may be based on representative embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments. Among the labels for groups (atomic groups) in this specification, the labels that do not record substituted or unsubstituted include both groups without substituents and groups with substituents. For example, "alkyl" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). As long as "exposure" in this specification is not particularly limited, in addition to exposure using light, drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams is also included in the exposure. In addition, the light used for exposure generally includes actinic rays or radiation such as far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams, represented by the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp and excimer laser. In this specification, the numerical range expressed by "~" means a range including the numerical values written before and after "~" as the lower limit and the upper limit. In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means both or either "acrylate" and "methacrylate", and "(meth)allyl" means "allyl" and "methacrylate". "(meth)acrylic acid" means both or any one of "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid", "(meth)acrylyl" means "acrylyl" "base" and "methacrylyl" or both or any one of them. In this specification, the term "process" is not only an independent process, but also is included in this term if it can achieve the expected effect of the process even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. In this specification, the solid content concentration refers to the mass percentage of components other than the solvent relative to the total mass of the composition. In addition, unless otherwise stated, the solid content concentration refers to the concentration at 25°C. In this specification, unless otherwise stated, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are measured based on gel permeation chromatography (GPC) and defined as styrene-converted values. In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) can be, for example, HLC-8220 (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION), and as the column, a guard column HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, or TSKgel Super can be used. HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000 and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION). Unless otherwise stated, the eluent will be measured using THF (tetrahydrofuran). In addition, unless otherwise stated, detection is performed using a detector with a wavelength of 254 nm of UV rays (ultraviolet rays).

<膜的製造方法> 本發明的膜的製造方法的特徵為,使用包含聚醯亞胺前驅物和具有反應性基之矽烷偶合劑之樹脂組成物於支撐體上形成樹脂組成物層, 以兩個階段以上的多個階段對樹脂組成物層進行加熱,且以比第1階段的加熱溫度高的溫度進行第2階段的加熱。<Method for Manufacturing a Membrane> The method for manufacturing a membrane of the present invention is characterized by forming a resin composition layer on a support using a resin composition containing a polyimide precursor and a silane coupling agent having a reactive group, and The resin composition layer is heated in more than one stage, and the second stage is heated at a temperature higher than the heating temperature in the first stage.

依本發明,能夠製造與支撐體等的黏合性優異之膜。作為可得到該種效果之理由,詳細原因雖不確定,但推測是基於如下者。認為於第1階段的加熱時,矽烷偶合劑與支撐體上的羥基等相互作用而進行偶聯反應,並且矽烷偶合劑所具有之反應性基與聚醯亞胺前驅物相互作用而形成鍵等。而且,藉由第2階段的加熱,進行聚醯亞胺前驅物的環化而形成聚醯亞胺。推測其結果,能夠製造與支撐體等的黏合性優異之膜。According to the present invention, a film having excellent adhesion to a support and the like can be produced. The detailed reason why this effect is obtained is uncertain, but it is presumed to be based on the following. It is considered that during the first stage of heating, the silane coupling agent interacts with the hydroxyl groups on the support to perform a coupling reaction, and the reactive groups of the silane coupling agent interact with the polyimide precursor to form bonds, etc. . Furthermore, by heating in the second stage, the polyimide precursor is cyclized to form polyimide. As a result, it is estimated that a film having excellent adhesion to a support or the like can be produced.

本發明中,各階段中的加熱可以具有規定的溫度範圍。本發明中,樹脂組成物層可以以三個階段以上的多個階段進行加熱,但從能夠於矽烷偶合劑與聚醯亞胺前驅物的反應後,輕鬆地進行聚醯亞胺前驅物的環化反應(聚醯亞胺形成反應)而進一步提高黏合性之原因考慮,以兩個階段進行加熱為較佳。此外,於本發明中以兩個階段以上的多個階段對樹脂組成物層進行加熱之情況是指,以一系列的流程進行各階段中的加熱。亦即,對樹脂組成物層進行加熱之後,暫時進行冷卻,或者進行任意處理之後進行再加熱時,該再加熱並不包含於本發明中的第2階段的加熱。In the present invention, heating in each stage may have a prescribed temperature range. In the present invention, the resin composition layer can be heated in multiple stages of three or more. However, after the reaction between the silane coupling agent and the polyimide precursor, the cyclization of the polyimide precursor can be easily performed. Considering the reason for further improving the adhesion due to chemical reaction (polyimide formation reaction), it is better to conduct heating in two stages. In addition, in the present invention, when the resin composition layer is heated in two or more stages, it means that the heating in each stage is performed in a series of procedures. That is, when the resin composition layer is once cooled after being heated, or is reheated after performing any treatment, the reheating is not included in the second stage of heating in the present invention.

本發明的膜的製造方法中,作為樹脂組成物而使用感光性樹脂組成物,對使用樹脂組成物而於支撐體上形成之樹脂組成物層(感光性樹脂組成物層)進行曝光及顯影而形成圖案之後,以上述多個階段對該樹脂組成物層進行加熱為較佳。作為感光性樹脂組成物,可列舉包含具有自由基聚合性基之成分和光重合性化合物之樹脂組成物。作為包含自由基聚合性基之成分,可列舉具有自由基聚合性基之聚醯亞胺前驅物、除聚醯亞胺前驅物以外的自由基聚合性化合物等。關於該些的詳細內容,於後述樹脂組成物的欄中進行說明。In the film manufacturing method of the present invention, a photosensitive resin composition is used as the resin composition, and a resin composition layer (photosensitive resin composition layer) formed on a support using the resin composition is exposed and developed. After forming the pattern, it is preferable to heat the resin composition layer in the above-mentioned multiple stages. Examples of the photosensitive resin composition include a resin composition containing a component having a radically polymerizable group and a photoreinforceable compound. Examples of the component containing a radical polymerizable group include a polyimide precursor having a radical polymerizable group, a radical polymerizable compound other than a polyimide precursor, and the like. These details will be described in the column of the resin composition described later.

以下對本發明的膜的製造方法進行具體說明。The method for producing the film of the present invention will be described in detail below.

本發明的膜的製造方法包括使用包含聚醯亞胺前驅物和具有反應性基之矽烷偶合劑之樹脂組成物於支撐體上形成樹脂組成物層之樹脂組成物層形成製程。於後面對樹脂組成物進行敘述。The manufacturing method of the film of the present invention includes a resin composition layer forming process using a resin composition including a polyimide precursor and a silane coupling agent having a reactive group to form a resin composition layer on a support. The resin composition will be described later.

支撐體的種類能夠依用途而適當確定。例如,可列舉無機基板、樹脂基板、樹脂複合材料基板等。作為無機基板,例如可列舉玻璃基板,石英基板,矽基板,氮化矽基板,以及於如該些般的基板上蒸鍍鉬、鈦、鋁、銅等而成的複合基板。作為樹脂基板,可列舉包含聚對苯二甲酸丁二醇酯、聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二醇酯、聚萘二甲酸丁二醇酯、聚苯乙烯、聚碳酸酯、聚碸、聚醚碸、聚芳酯、烯丙基二乙二醇碳酸酯、聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醚醯亞胺、聚吲哚、聚苯硫醚、聚環烯烴、降冰片烯樹脂、聚氯三氟乙烯等氟樹脂、液晶聚合物、丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、矽酮樹脂、離子聚合物樹脂、氰酸酯樹脂、交聯反丁烯二酸二酯、環狀聚烯烴、芳香族醚、順丁烯二醯亞胺、烯烴、纖維素、環硫化合物等合成樹脂的基板。該些基板直接以前述形態使用之情況少,通常依最終製品的形態,例如形成有如薄膜電晶體(TFT)元件般的複數層積層結構。此外,於樹脂組成物層的表面或金屬層的表面進而形成樹脂組成物層之情況下,樹脂組成物層或金屬層成為支撐體。The type of support can be appropriately determined depending on the use. Examples include inorganic substrates, resin substrates, resin composite material substrates, and the like. Examples of inorganic substrates include glass substrates, quartz substrates, silicon substrates, silicon nitride substrates, and composite substrates in which molybdenum, titanium, aluminum, copper, etc. are vapor-deposited on these substrates. Examples of the resin substrate include polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene naphthalate, polystyrene, poly Carbonate, polystyrene, polyetherstyrene, polyarylate, allyl diethylene glycol carbonate, polyamide, polyimide, polyamide imine, polyether imine, polyindole, Polyphenylene sulfide, polycyclic olefin, norbornene resin, polychlorotrifluoroethylene and other fluororesins, liquid crystal polymer, acrylic resin, epoxy resin, silicone resin, ionomer resin, cyanate ester resin, cross-linking Substrates for synthetic resins such as fumarate diester, cyclic polyolefin, aromatic ether, maleimide, olefin, cellulose, and episulfide compounds. These substrates are rarely used directly in the above-mentioned form, and are usually formed into a plurality of layered structures such as thin film transistor (TFT) devices according to the form of the final product. In addition, when a resin composition layer is further formed on the surface of the resin composition layer or the surface of the metal layer, the resin composition layer or the metal layer becomes a support.

作為針對支撐體的樹脂組成物的應用方法,塗佈為較佳。作為具體的應用方法,可例示浸漬塗佈法、氣刀塗佈法、簾式塗佈法、線棒塗佈法、凹版塗佈法、擠出塗佈法、旋轉塗佈法、狹縫掃描法、噴墨法等。從樹脂組成物層的厚度的均勻性的觀點考慮,更佳為旋轉塗佈法。當為旋轉塗佈法時,例如能夠以500~2000rpm的轉速應用10秒鐘~1分鐘左右。 關於樹脂組成物層的厚度,以加熱後的膜厚成為0.1~100μm之方式進行塗佈為較佳,以成為1~50μm之方式進行塗佈為更佳。又,所形成之樹脂組成物層的厚度未必一定均勻。例如,當於具有凹凸之表面上形成樹脂組成物層時,有時成為厚度不同之樹脂組成物層。As a method of applying the resin composition to the support, coating is preferred. Specific application methods include dip coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, wire bar coating, gravure coating, extrusion coating, spin coating, and slit scanning. method, inkjet method, etc. From the viewpoint of the uniformity of the thickness of the resin composition layer, the spin coating method is more preferred. In the case of the spin coating method, it can be applied at a rotation speed of 500 to 2000 rpm for about 10 seconds to 1 minute, for example. Regarding the thickness of the resin composition layer, the coating is preferably performed so that the film thickness after heating becomes 0.1 to 100 μm, and more preferably the coating is applied so that the film thickness becomes 1 to 50 μm. In addition, the thickness of the formed resin composition layer may not necessarily be uniform. For example, when a resin composition layer is formed on a surface having unevenness, the resin composition layer may have different thicknesses.

於樹脂組成物層形成製程中,可以對形成在支撐體上之樹脂組成物層進行乾燥。乾燥溫度是50~150℃為較佳,70~130℃為更佳,90~110℃為進一步較佳。乾燥時間是30秒鐘~20分鐘為較佳,1~10分鐘為更佳,3~7分鐘為進一步較佳。In the resin composition layer forming process, the resin composition layer formed on the support may be dried. The drying temperature is preferably 50 to 150°C, more preferably 70 to 130°C, and further preferably 90 to 110°C. The drying time is preferably 30 seconds to 20 minutes, more preferably 1 to 10 minutes, and further preferably 3 to 7 minutes.

本發明的膜的製造方法中,作為樹脂組成物而使用感光性樹脂組成物來形成了上述樹脂組成物層時,可以對樹脂組成物層進行曝光及顯影而形成圖案。亦即,可以包括對樹脂組成物層進行圖案狀曝光之曝光製程及對已曝光之樹脂組成物層進行顯影而形成圖案之顯影製程。In the film manufacturing method of the present invention, when a photosensitive resin composition is used as the resin composition to form the resin composition layer, the resin composition layer can be exposed and developed to form a pattern. That is, it may include an exposure process of pattern-like exposure of the resin composition layer and a development process of developing the exposed resin composition layer to form a pattern.

於曝光製程中,針對樹脂組成物層的曝光例如以波長365nm曝光能量換算為100~10000mJ/cm2 進行為較佳,以200~8000mJ/cm2 進行為更佳。曝光波長能夠於190~1000nm的範圍適當設定,240~550nm為較佳。In the exposure process, the exposure of the resin composition layer is preferably performed with an exposure energy of 100 to 10000 mJ/cm 2 at a wavelength of 365 nm, and more preferably 200 to 8000 mJ/cm 2 . The exposure wavelength can be appropriately set in the range of 190 to 1000 nm, and 240 to 550 nm is preferred.

於顯影製程中,樹脂組成物層的顯影使用顯影液進行為較佳。作為顯影液,能夠無特別限制地使用。溶劑為較佳。作為顯影液中所使用之溶劑,可列舉酯類、醚類、酮類、芳香族烴類、亞碸類等有機溶劑。關於該些的詳細內容,可列舉於後述樹脂組成物的欄中進行說明之溶劑。 其中,3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲醚及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯為較佳,環戊酮、γ-丁內酯為更佳。In the development process, it is preferable to use a developer to develop the resin composition layer. As a developer, it can be used without particular restriction. Solvent is preferred. Examples of the solvent used in the developer include organic solvents such as esters, ethers, ketones, aromatic hydrocarbons, and sulfur dioxide. Examples of these details include solvents described in the column of the resin composition described below. Among them, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, 3-methyl Methyl oxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, Propylene glycol methyl ether and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate are preferred, and cyclopentanone and γ-butyrolactone are even more preferred.

作為顯影時間,10秒鐘~5分鐘為較佳。顯影時的溫度並無特別限定,能夠於20~40℃下進行。於使用了顯影液之處理之後,可以進而進行沖洗。沖洗時使用與顯影液不同之溶劑進行為較佳。例如,能夠使用樹脂組成物中所含有之溶劑進行沖洗。沖洗時間是5秒鐘~1分鐘為較佳。The development time is preferably 10 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature during development is not particularly limited and can be performed at 20 to 40°C. After using the developer, it can then be rinsed. It is better to use a different solvent than the developer when rinsing. For example, a solvent contained in the resin composition can be used for flushing. The optimal flushing time is 5 seconds to 1 minute.

本發明的膜的製造方法包括對樹脂組成物層進行加熱之加熱製程。於該加熱製程中,以兩個階段以上的多個階段對樹脂組成物層進行加熱,且以比第1階段的加熱溫度高的溫度進行第2階段的加熱。已進行曝光製程及顯影製程之情況下,對顯影製程後的樹脂組成物層進行上述加熱製程。在未進行曝光製程及顯影製之程情況下(未形成圖案之情況),對於樹脂組成物層形成製程中形成之樹脂組成物層進行上述加熱製程。The film manufacturing method of the present invention includes a heating process of heating the resin composition layer. In this heating process, the resin composition layer is heated in two or more stages, and the second stage is heated at a temperature higher than the heating temperature in the first stage. When the exposure process and the development process have been performed, the above-mentioned heating process is performed on the resin composition layer after the development process. When the exposure process and development process are not performed (when no pattern is formed), the above-mentioned heating process is performed on the resin composition layer formed in the resin composition layer forming process.

於本發明中,第1階段的加熱中的加熱溫度是130~170℃為較佳。加熱溫度的下限是140℃以上為較佳,145℃以上為更佳。加熱溫度的上限是160℃以下為較佳,155℃以下為更佳。又,第1階段的加熱中的加熱時間是10~60分鐘為較佳。加熱時間的下限是20分鐘以上為較佳,25分鐘以上為更佳。加熱時間的上限是50分鐘以下為較佳,40分鐘以下為更佳。In the present invention, the heating temperature in the first stage of heating is preferably 130 to 170°C. The lower limit of the heating temperature is preferably 140°C or higher, and more preferably 145°C or higher. The upper limit of the heating temperature is preferably 160°C or lower, more preferably 155°C or lower. In addition, the heating time in the first stage of heating is preferably 10 to 60 minutes. The lower limit of the heating time is preferably 20 minutes or more, and more preferably 25 minutes or more. The upper limit of the heating time is preferably 50 minutes or less, more preferably 40 minutes or less.

第1階段的加熱中的加熱溫度的平均值是130~170℃為較佳。下限是140℃以上為較佳,145℃以上為更佳。上限是160℃以下為較佳,155℃以下為更佳。此外,加熱溫度的平均值為每小時的加熱溫度的平均值。The average heating temperature in the first stage of heating is preferably 130 to 170°C. The lower limit is preferably 140°C or higher, and more preferably 145°C or higher. The upper limit is preferably 160°C or lower, and more preferably 155°C or lower. In addition, the average value of the heating temperature is the average value of the heating temperature per hour.

第1階段的加熱中的溫度變動幅度是20℃以下為較佳,10℃以下為更佳,5℃以下為進一步較佳。依該態樣,能夠期待黏合力提高的效果。在此,第1階段的加熱中的溫度變動幅度為從第1階段的加熱時的最大溫度減去最小溫度而求出之值。例如,使第1階段的加熱於145~155℃的範圍發生變化而進行時,溫度變動幅度是10℃。又,於一定溫度(例如150℃)下進行第1階段的加熱時,溫度變動幅度為0℃。The temperature fluctuation range in the first stage of heating is preferably 20°C or less, more preferably 10°C or less, and further preferably 5°C or less. According to this aspect, the effect of improving the adhesive force can be expected. Here, the temperature fluctuation range during the first-stage heating is a value obtained by subtracting the minimum temperature from the maximum temperature during the first-stage heating. For example, when the first-stage heating is performed by changing the range of 145 to 155°C, the temperature variation range is 10°C. In addition, when the first stage of heating is performed at a certain temperature (for example, 150°C), the temperature fluctuation range is 0°C.

第2階段的加熱於比第1階段的加熱溫度高的溫度(較佳為高10℃以上的溫度,更佳為高20℃以上的溫度,進一步較佳為高30℃以上的溫度)下進行。又,第1階段的加熱中的加熱溫度具有溫度變動幅度之情況下,第2階段的加熱於比第1階段的加熱時的最大溫度高的溫度(較佳為高10℃以上的溫度,更佳為高20℃以上的溫度,進一步較佳為高30℃以上的溫度)下進行為更佳。The heating in the second stage is performed at a temperature higher than the heating temperature in the first stage (preferably it is a temperature higher than 10°C or more, more preferably a temperature higher than 20°C or more, further preferably a temperature higher than 30°C or more). . In addition, when the heating temperature in the first stage of heating has a temperature fluctuation range, the second stage of heating is performed at a temperature higher than the maximum temperature in the first stage of heating (preferably a temperature higher than 10°C or more, more preferably The temperature is preferably at least 20°C, more preferably at least 30°C).

第2階段的加熱中的加熱溫度及加熱時間能夠依聚醯亞胺前驅物的種類等而適當設定。例如,使用了環化溫度低的聚醯亞胺前驅物之情況下,將加熱溫度設定為更低的低溫而進行為較佳。又,使用了環化速度快的聚醯亞胺前驅物之情況下,將加熱時間設定為更短為較佳。具體而言,第2階段的加熱中的加熱溫度是180~250℃為較佳。加熱溫度的下限是190℃以上為較佳,200℃以上為更佳。加熱溫度的上限是240℃以下為較佳,235℃以下為更佳。又,第2階段的加熱中的加熱時間是60~300分鐘為較佳。加熱時間的下限是120分鐘以上為較佳,150分鐘以上為更佳。加熱時間的上限是240分鐘以下為較佳,210分鐘以下為更佳。The heating temperature and heating time in the second stage of heating can be appropriately set depending on the type of polyimide precursor and the like. For example, when using a polyimide precursor with a low cyclization temperature, it is preferable to set the heating temperature to a lower low temperature. In addition, when using a polyimide precursor with a fast cyclization speed, it is better to set the heating time to be shorter. Specifically, the heating temperature in the second stage of heating is preferably 180 to 250°C. The lower limit of the heating temperature is preferably 190°C or higher, and more preferably 200°C or higher. The upper limit of the heating temperature is preferably 240°C or lower, more preferably 235°C or lower. In addition, the heating time in the second stage of heating is preferably 60 to 300 minutes. The lower limit of the heating time is preferably 120 minutes or more, and more preferably 150 minutes or more. The upper limit of the heating time is preferably 240 minutes or less, more preferably 210 minutes or less.

第2階段的加熱中的加熱溫度的平均值是180~250℃為較佳。下限是190℃以上為較佳,200℃以上為更佳。上限是240℃以下為較佳,235℃以下為更佳。The average heating temperature in the second stage of heating is preferably 180 to 250°C. The lower limit is preferably 190°C or higher, and more preferably 200°C or higher. The upper limit is preferably 240°C or lower, and more preferably 235°C or lower.

第2階段的加熱中的溫度變動幅度是20℃以下為較佳,10℃以下為更佳,5℃以下為進一步較佳。依該態樣,所得到之硬化膜的力學特性穩定,且可輕鬆地得到穩定的黏合力。在此,第2階段的加熱中的溫度變動幅度為從第2階段的加熱時的最大溫度減去最小溫度而求出之值。The temperature fluctuation range in the second stage of heating is preferably 20°C or less, more preferably 10°C or less, and further preferably 5°C or less. According to this aspect, the mechanical properties of the obtained cured film are stable, and stable adhesive force can be easily obtained. Here, the temperature fluctuation range during the second-stage heating is a value obtained by subtracting the minimum temperature from the maximum temperature during the second-stage heating.

本發明中,以三個極端以上的n個階段對樹脂組成物層進行加熱時,第n階段的加熱可以於比第n-1階段的加熱溫度高的溫度下進行,亦可以於比第n-1階段的加熱溫度低的溫度下進行。在此,n為3以上的整數。又,第n-1階段的加熱中的加熱溫度具有溫度變動幅度之情況下,第n個階段加熱可以於比第n-1階段的加熱溫度的平均值高的溫度下進行,亦可以於比第n-1階段的加熱溫度的平均值低的溫度下進行。In the present invention, when the resin composition layer is heated in n stages with more than three extremes, the heating in the n-th stage may be performed at a temperature higher than the heating temperature in the n-1-th stage, or may be performed at a temperature higher than the heating temperature in the n-th stage. -The heating temperature of the first stage is carried out at a low temperature. Here, n is an integer of 3 or more. In addition, when the heating temperature in the n-1-th stage heating has a temperature fluctuation range, the n-th stage heating may be performed at a temperature higher than the average value of the heating temperatures in the n-1-th stage, or may be performed at a temperature higher than the average value of the heating temperatures in the n-1 stage. The heating temperature in the n-1th stage is performed at a temperature where the average value is lower.

關於加熱製程,從防止聚醯亞胺前驅物的分解之方面考慮,藉由使氮、氦、氬等惰性氣體流動等,於低氧濃度的環境下進行為較佳。氧濃度是50體積ppm以下為較佳,20體積ppm以下為更佳。Regarding the heating process, from the perspective of preventing the decomposition of the polyimide precursor, it is better to conduct it in an environment with a low oxygen concentration by flowing inert gases such as nitrogen, helium, and argon. The oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm by volume or less, and more preferably 20 ppm by volume or less.

結束加熱製程之後,進行冷卻為較佳。作為冷卻速度,1~5℃/分鐘為較佳。After the heating process is completed, it is better to cool down. The cooling rate is preferably 1 to 5°C/min.

<樹脂組成物> 接著,對本發明的膜的製造方法中所使用之樹脂組成物進行說明。<Resin composition> Next, the resin composition used in the film manufacturing method of the present invention will be described.

<<聚醯亞胺前驅物>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物包含聚醯亞胺前驅物。作為聚醯亞胺前驅物,包含由式(1)表示之重複單元之聚醯亞胺前驅物為較佳。 式(1) [化學式1]式(1)中,A21 及A22 分別獨立地表示氧原子或-NH-,R21 表示2價有機基,R22 表示4價有機基,R23 及R24 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基。<<Polyimide precursor>> The resin composition in the present invention contains a polyimide precursor. As the polyimide precursor, a polyimide precursor including a repeating unit represented by formula (1) is preferred. Formula (1) [Chemical Formula 1] In formula (1), A 21 and A 22 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -NH-, R 21 represents a divalent organic group, R 22 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R 23 and R 24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or 1-valent organic base.

A21 及A22 分別獨立地表示氧原子或-NH-,氧原子為較佳。A 21 and A 22 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -NH-, with an oxygen atom being preferred.

R21 表示2價有機基。作為2價有機基,例示包含直鏈或分支脂肪族基、環狀脂肪族基及芳基之基團,碳數2~20的直鏈或分支脂肪族基、碳數6~20的環狀脂肪族基、碳數6~20的芳基或包括它們的組合之基團為較佳,包括碳數6~20的芳基之基團為更佳。作為芳基的例,可列舉下述。R 21 represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include a linear or branched aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group, and an aryl group, a linear or branched aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and a cyclic aliphatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. An aliphatic group, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group containing a combination thereof is preferred, and a group including an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferred. Examples of the aryl group include the following.

[化學式2]式中,A是單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的烴基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)2 -及-NHCO-、以及它們的組合中之基團為較佳,單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-SO2 -中之基團為更佳,選自-CH2 -、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-C(CF32 -、-C(CH32 -中之2價基為進一步較佳。[Chemical formula 2] In the formula, A is a single bond or a hydrocarbon group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms that can be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -S(=O) 2 -and- NHCO-, and the groups in their combinations are preferably single bonds or selected from alkylene groups with 1 to 3 carbon atoms that can be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S The group in -, -SO 2 - is more preferably selected from -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -C (CF 3 ) 2 -, -C (CH 3 ) 2 - Among them, the 2-valent base is further preferred.

具體而言,R21 可列舉以下的二胺的去除胺基之後殘存之二胺殘基等。 選自1,2-二胺基乙烷、1,2-二胺基丙烷、1,3-二胺基丙烷、1,4-二胺基丁烷及1,6-二胺基己烷;1,2-二胺基環戊烷或1,3-二胺基環戊烷、1,2-二胺基環己烷、1,3-二胺基環己烷或1,4-二胺基環己烷、1,2-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、1,3-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷或1,4-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、雙-(4-胺基環己基)甲烷、雙-(3-胺基環己基)甲烷、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二甲基環己基甲烷及異佛爾酮二胺;間苯二胺及對苯二胺、二胺基甲苯、4,4’-二胺基聯苯及3,3’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及3,3’-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷及3,3’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸及3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、4,4’-二胺基二苯硫醚及3,3’-二胺基二苯硫醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮及3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二甲氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)碸、雙(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)碸、4,4’-二胺基對聯三苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、9,10-雙(4-胺基苯基)蒽、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)苯、3,3’-二乙基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)-10-氫蒽、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基聯苯、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基二苯醚、1,4-二胺基蒽醌、1,5-二胺基蒽醌、3,3-二羥基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、9,9’-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、4,4’-二甲基-3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、2,4-二胺基枯烯及2,5-二胺基枯烯、2,5-二甲基-對苯二胺、乙醯胍胺、2,3,5,6-四甲基-對苯二胺、2,4,6-三甲基-間苯二胺、雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、2,7-二胺基茀、2,5-二胺基吡啶、1,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)乙烷、二胺基苯甲醯苯胺、二胺基苯甲酸的酯、1,5-二胺基萘、二胺基三氟甲苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)八氟丁烷、1,5-雙(4-胺基苯基)十氟戊烷、1,7-雙(4-胺基苯基)十四氟庚烷、2,2-雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-二甲基苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-雙(三氟甲基)苯基]六氟丙烷、對雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、4,4’-雙(3-胺基-5-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’–二甲氧基-4,4’–二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-六氟聯甲苯胺及4,4’-二胺基四聯苯中之至少一種二胺。Specifically, examples of R 21 include diamine residues remaining after removing the amine group of the following diamines. Selected from 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane and 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2-diaminocyclopentane or 1,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-diaminocyclohexane, 1,3-diaminocyclohexane or 1,4-diamine cyclohexane, 1,2-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,3-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane or 1,4-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, Bis-(4-aminocyclohexyl)methane, bis-(3-aminocyclohexyl)methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethylcyclohexylmethane and isophorone di Amine; m-phenylenediamine and p-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl and 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl ether And 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl Turquoise and 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide and 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide Benzophenone and 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4' -Diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4 -Aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) Phenyl) terine, bis(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) terine, 4,4'-diamino-p-terphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, Bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]terine, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]terine, bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)benzene base] cyclohexane, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 9,10-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-di Aminodiphenyl terine, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminobenzene) methyl) benzene, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4, 4'-Diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy) Phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)-10-hydranthracene, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3',4,4 '-Tetraaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-diaminoanthraquinone, 1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 3,3-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 9,9 '-Bis(4-aminophenyl)fluoride, 4,4'-dimethyl-3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 3,3',5,5'-tetramethyl-4 ,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,4-diaminocumene and 2,5-diaminocumene, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, acetoguanamine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,4,6-trimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, 2 , 7-diaminofluoride, 2,5-diaminopyridine, 1,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)ethane, diaminobenzoylaniline, ester of diaminobenzoic acid, 1 ,5-diaminonaphthalene, diaminotrifluorotoluene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenyl)octafluorobutane, 1,5-bis(4-aminophenyl)decafluoropentane, 1,7-bis(4-aminophenyl)tetradecafluoroheptane, 2,2-bis[4-(3-amino) Phenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy) base)-3,5-dimethylphenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]hexafluoropropane Fluoropropane, p-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl, 4, 4'-bis(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenylsine, 4,4'-bis(3-amino-5-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenylsine, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy) ) phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 3,3',5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diamine biphenyl, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl, 2,2',5,5',6,6'-hexafluorobiphenyl and 4 , at least one diamine in 4'-diaminotetraphenyl.

又,還可以作為R21 的例而列舉下述中所示之二胺(DA-1)~(DA-18)的去除胺基之後殘存之二胺殘基。Examples of R 21 include the diamine residues remaining after removal of the amine groups of the diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) shown below.

[化學式3] [Chemical formula 3]

[化學式4] [Chemical formula 4]

又,作為R21 的例,亦可列舉於主鏈具有兩個以上的伸烷基二醇單元之二胺的去除胺基之後殘存之二胺殘基。較佳為於一分子中組合包含兩個以上的乙二醇鏈、丙二醇鏈中的任一個或兩者之二胺殘基,更佳為不包含芳香環之二胺殘基。作為例,可列舉JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)KH-511、ED-600、ED-900、ED-2003、EDR-148、EDR-176、D-200、D-400、D-2000、D-4000(以上為商品名,HUNTSMAN Corporation製)、1-(2-(2-(2-胺基丙氧基)乙氧基)丙氧基)丙烷-2-胺、1-(1-(1-(2-胺基丙氧基)丙烷-2-基)氧基)丙烷-2-胺等,但並不限定於該些。以下示出JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)KH-511、ED-600、ED-900、ED-2003、EDR-148、EDR-176的結構。Examples of R 21 include the diamine residue remaining after removal of the amine group of a diamine having two or more alkylene glycol units in the main chain. Preferably, a diamine residue containing two or more ethylene glycol chains, propylene glycol chains, or both is combined in one molecule, and more preferably, a diamine residue containing no aromatic ring is used. Examples include JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, D-4000 ( The above are trade names, manufactured by HUNTSMAN Corporation), 1-(2-(2-(2-aminopropoxy)ethoxy)propoxy)propane-2-amine, 1-(1-(1-( 2-aminopropoxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)propane-2-amine, etc., but are not limited to these. The structures of JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, and EDR-176 are shown below.

[化學式5] [Chemical formula 5]

上述中,x、y、z為平均值。In the above, x, y, and z are average values.

式(1)中,R22 表示4價有機基,包含芳香環之4價基為較佳,由下述式(1-1)或式(1-2)表示之基團為更佳。In the formula (1), R 22 represents a tetravalent organic group, preferably a tetravalent group including an aromatic ring, and more preferably a group represented by the following formula (1-1) or formula (1-2).

式(1-1) [化學式6]式(1-1)中,R112 是單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2 -及-NHCO-、以及它們的組合中之基團為較佳,單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-CO-、-S-及-SO2 -中之2價基團為更佳,選自包括-CH2 -、-C(CF32 -、-C(CH32 -、-O-、-CO-、-S-及-SO2 -之組中之2價基團為進一步較佳。Formula (1-1) [Chemical Formula 6] In formula (1-1), R 112 is a single bond or a hydrocarbon group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms that may be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - and -NHCO- , and the groups in their combinations are preferably single bonds or selected from alkylene groups with 1 to 3 carbon atoms that can be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S- and -SO 2 - The divalent group is more preferably selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -C (CF 3 ) 2 -, -C (CH 3 ) 2 -, -O-, -CO-, -S- and -SO. A divalent group in the group of 2- is further preferred.

式(1-2) [化學式7] Formula (1-2) [Chemical Formula 7]

關於R22 ,可列舉從四羧酸二酐去除酸酐基之後殘存之四羧酸殘基等。具體而言,可列舉從以下的四羧酸二酐去除酸酐基之後殘存之四羧酸殘基等。 選自均苯四甲酸二酐(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯硫醚四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、4,4’-氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,7-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、1,3-二苯基六氟丙烷-3,3,4,4-四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,6-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基四羧酸二酐、3,4,9,10-苝四羧酸二酐、1,2,4,5-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,8-萘四羧酸二酐、1,8,9,10-菲四羧酸二酐、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐及1,2,3,4-苯四羧酸二酐以及它們的碳數1~6的烷基衍生物及碳數1~6的烷氧基衍生物中之至少一種四羧酸二酐。Examples of R 22 include the tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing the acid anhydride group from tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Specific examples include the tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing the acid anhydride group from the following tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Selected from pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-Diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'- Diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2, 3,3',4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxodiphthalic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1, 4,5,7-Naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride , 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3-diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,4-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4 ,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2, 4,5-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,8,9,10-phenanthrenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,1-bis(2,3 -Dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride and 1,2,3,4-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride and their carbon numbers At least one tetracarboxylic dianhydride among alkyl derivatives with 1 to 6 carbon atoms and alkoxy derivatives with 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

又,作為R22 的例,還可列舉從下述中所示之四羧酸二酐(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)中去除酸酐基之後殘存之四羧酸殘基。 [化學式8] Moreover, as an example of R22 , the tetracarboxylic acid residue which remains after removing an acid anhydride group from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride (DAA-1) - (DAA-5) shown below is also mentioned. [Chemical formula 8]

從針對鹼顯影液的溶解度的觀點考慮,R22 具有OH基為較佳。更具體而言,作為R22 ,可列舉從上述(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)中去除酸酐基之後殘存之四羧酸殘基。From the viewpoint of solubility in an alkali developer, it is preferable that R 22 has an OH group. More specifically, examples of R 22 include the tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing the acid anhydride group from the above-mentioned (DAA-1) to (DAA-5).

式(1)中,R23 及R24 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基。作為由R23 及R24 表示之1價有機基,可列舉包含直鏈或分支烷基、環狀烷基、芳香族基之基團、自由基聚合性基等。本發明中,R23 及R24 中的至少一個包含自由基聚合性基之基團為較佳。依該態樣,具有更顯著地得到本發明的效果之傾向。又,包含該聚醯亞胺前驅物之感光性樹脂組成物能夠較佳地用作負型感光性樹脂組成物。作為自由基聚合性基,可列舉具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團等。作為自由基聚合性基的具體例,可列舉乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、由下述式(III)表示之基團等。In formula (1), R 23 and R 24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Examples of the monovalent organic group represented by R 23 and R 24 include a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, an aromatic group, a radical polymerizable group, and the like. In the present invention, it is preferred that at least one of R 23 and R 24 contains a radically polymerizable group. According to this aspect, the effects of the present invention tend to be obtained more significantly. Moreover, the photosensitive resin composition containing this polyimide precursor can be suitably used as a negative photosensitive resin composition. Examples of radically polymerizable groups include groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Specific examples of the radically polymerizable group include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, a group represented by the following formula (III), and the like.

[化學式9] [Chemical formula 9]

式(III)中,R200 表示氫原子或甲基,甲基為更佳。 式(III)中,R201 表示碳數2~12的伸烷基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -或碳數4~30的聚氧化伸烷基。作為較佳的R201 的例,可列舉伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、1,2-丁二基、1,3-丁二基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基、八亞甲基、十二亞甲基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -,伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -為更佳。R200 是甲基,R201 是伸乙基之組合為特佳。In formula (III), R 200 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a methyl group is more preferred. In formula (III), R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -, or a polyoxyalkylene group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms. Preferable examples of R 201 include ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, 1,2-butanediyl, 1,3-butanediyl, pentamethylene, and hexamethylene. Methylene, octamethylene, dodecylmethylene, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, ethylidene, propylene, trimethylene, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 - are more good. A combination in which R 200 is a methyl group and R 201 is an ethylidene group is particularly preferred.

直鏈或分支烷基的碳數是1~30為較佳。作為具體例,可列舉甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十二烷基、十四烷基,十八烷基、異丙基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、1-乙基戊基及2-乙基己基。 環狀烷基可以是單環環狀烷基,亦可以是多環環狀烷基。作為單環環狀烷基,例如可列舉環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基及環辛基。作為多環環狀的烷基,例如可列舉金剛烷基、降冰片基、冰片基、莰烯基(camphenyl)、十氫萘基、三環癸烷基、四環癸烷基、莰二醯基、二環己基及蒎烯基(pinenyl)。其中,從兼顧高靈敏度化的觀點考慮,環己基為較佳。 作為芳香族基,可列舉經取代或未經取代之苯環基、萘環基、戊搭烯環基、茚環基、薁環基、庚搭烯環基、茚烯環基、苝環基、稠五苯環基、苊烯環基、菲環基、蒽環基、稠四苯環基、䓛環基、三伸苯環基、茀環基、聯苯環基、吡咯環基、呋喃環基、噻吩環基、咪唑環基、噁唑環基、噻唑環基、吡啶環基、吡嗪環基、嘧啶環基、噠嗪環基、吲哚嗪環基、吲哚環基、苯并呋喃環基、苯并噻吩環基、異苯并呋喃環基、喹嗪環基、喹啉環基、酞嗪環基、萘啶環基、喹噁啉環基、喹噁唑啉環基、異喹啉環基、咔唑環基、啡啶環基、吖啶環基、啡啉環基、噻蒽環基、色烯環基、呫噸環基、啡噁噻環基、啡噻嗪環基或啡嗪環基。苯環基為較佳。The number of carbon atoms in the linear or branched alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30. Specific examples include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, octadecyl, Isopropyl, isobutyl, second butyl, third butyl, 1-ethylpentyl and 2-ethylhexyl. The cyclic alkyl group may be a monocyclic cyclic alkyl group or a polycyclic cyclic alkyl group. Examples of the monocyclic cyclic alkyl group include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl. Examples of the polycyclic cyclic alkyl group include adamantyl, norbornyl, bornyl, camphenyl, decahydronaphthyl, tricyclodecyl, tetracyclodecyl, and camphenyl. base, dicyclohexyl and pinenyl (pinenyl). Among these, cyclohexyl is preferable from the viewpoint of both high sensitivity and high sensitivity. Examples of the aromatic group include substituted or unsubstituted phenyl ring group, naphthyl ring group, pentenyl ring group, indenyl ring group, azulenyl ring group, heptaphenyl ring group, indenyl ring group, and perylene ring group. , fused pentaphenyl ring, acenaphthylene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene ring, fused tetraphenyl ring, sulfenyl ring, triphenyl ring, fluorenyl ring, biphenyl ring, pyrrole ring, furan Ring group, thiophene ring group, imidazole ring group, oxazole ring group, thiazole ring group, pyridine ring group, pyrazine ring group, pyrimidine ring group, pyridazine ring group, indolazine ring group, indole ring group, benzene Furan ring group, benzothiophene ring group, isobenzofuran ring group, quinazine ring group, quinoline ring group, phthalazine ring group, naphthyridine ring group, quinoxaline ring group, quinoxazoline ring group , isoquinoline ring base, carbazole ring base, phenanthridine ring base, acridine ring base, phenanthroline ring base, thianthrene ring base, chromene ring base, xanthene ring base, phenanthienyl ring base, phenanthene ring base oxazine ring group or phenanthroline ring group. Phenyl ring group is preferred.

式(1)中,當A22 是氧原子且R23 是氫原子時和/或A21 為氧原子且R24 為氫原子時,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之3級胺化合物形成共軛鹼。作為具有該種乙烯性不飽和鍵之3級胺化合物的例,可列舉N,N-二甲基胺基丙基甲基丙烯酸酯。In formula (1), when A 22 is an oxygen atom and R 23 is a hydrogen atom and/or when A 21 is an oxygen atom and R 24 is a hydrogen atom, the polyimide precursor can be combined with one having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Tertiary amine compounds form conjugate bases. Examples of the tertiary amine compound having such an ethylenically unsaturated bond include N,N-dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate.

又,當鹼顯影時,從提高解析度的方面考慮,聚醯亞胺前驅物於結構單元中具有氟原子為較佳。藉由氟原子,能夠於鹼顯影時對膜表面賦予拒水性,且抑制自表面的浸入等。聚醯亞胺前驅物中的氟原子含有量是10質量%以上為較佳,又,從對於鹼性水溶液的溶解性的方面考慮,20質量%以下為較佳。In addition, when performing alkali development, from the viewpoint of improving resolution, it is preferable that the polyimide precursor has a fluorine atom in the structural unit. Fluorine atoms can impart water repellency to the film surface during alkali development and suppress intrusion from the surface. The fluorine atom content in the polyimide precursor is preferably 10% by mass or more, and from the viewpoint of solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution, it is preferably 20% by mass or less.

又,以提高與基板的黏合性為目的,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有矽氧烷結構之脂肪族基共聚合。具體而言,作為二胺成分,可列舉雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等。In addition, in order to improve the adhesion with the substrate, the polyimide precursor can be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure. Specifically, examples of the diamine component include bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, and the like.

又,為了提高樹脂組成物的保存穩定性,用單胺、酸酐、單羧酸、單醯氯化合物、單活性酯化合物等封端劑密封聚醯亞胺前驅物的主鏈末端為較佳。該些中,使用單胺為更佳。作為單胺的較佳的化合物,可列舉苯胺、2-乙炔基苯胺、3-乙炔基苯胺、4-乙炔基苯胺、5-胺基-8-羥基喹啉、1-羥基-7-胺基萘、1-羥基-6-胺基萘、1-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羥基-4-胺基萘、2-羥基-7-胺基萘、2-羥基-6-胺基萘、2-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羧基-7-胺基萘、1-羧基-6-胺基萘、1-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-羧基-7-胺基萘、2-羧基-6-胺基萘、2-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-胺基苯甲酸、3-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基水楊酸、5-胺基水楊酸、6-胺基水楊酸、2-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基苯磺酸、4-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基-4,6-二羥基嘧啶、2-胺基苯酚、3-胺基苯酚、4-胺基苯酚、2-胺基苯硫酚、3-胺基苯硫酚、4-胺基苯硫酚等。可以將該些使用兩種以上,亦可以藉由使複數個封端劑反應而導入複數個不同的末端基。In addition, in order to improve the storage stability of the resin composition, it is preferable to seal the main chain end of the polyimide precursor with an end-capping agent such as a monoamine, an acid anhydride, a monocarboxylic acid, a monochloride compound, or a monoactive ester compound. Among these, it is more preferable to use a monoamine. Preferred compounds of the monoamine include aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, and 1-hydroxy-7-amino Naphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene Naphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene Naphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid , 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6- Dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, 4-aminothiophenol, etc. Two or more types of these may be used, and a plurality of different end groups may be introduced by reacting a plurality of end-capping agents.

聚醯亞胺前驅物可以由式(1)表示之重複單元和作為其他聚醯亞胺前驅物之其他重複單元構成。 當包含其他重複單元時,聚醯亞胺前驅物中的其他重複單元的比例是1~60莫耳%為較佳,5~50莫耳%為更佳。The polyimide precursor may be composed of the repeating unit represented by formula (1) and other repeating units as other polyimide precursors. When other repeating units are included, the proportion of other repeating units in the polyimide precursor is preferably 1 to 60 mol%, and more preferably 5 to 50 mol%.

本發明中的聚醯亞胺前驅物還能夠構成為實質上不含有除了包含由式(1)表示之重複單元之聚醯亞胺前驅物以外的其他聚醯亞胺前驅物。實質上不含有是指,例如樹脂組成物中所含有之上述其他聚醯亞胺前驅物的含量為聚醯亞胺前驅物的含量的3質量%以下。The polyimide precursor in the present invention can also be configured to contain substantially no polyimide precursor other than the polyimide precursor containing the repeating unit represented by formula (1). Substantial absence means that, for example, the content of the other polyimide precursors contained in the resin composition is 3 mass % or less of the content of the polyimide precursors.

聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為20000~28000,更佳為22000~27000,進一步較佳為23000~25000。聚醯亞胺前驅物的分散度(Mw/Mn)並無特別確定,1.0以上為較佳,2.5以上為更佳,2.8以上為進一步較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物的分散度的上限值並無特別限定,例如4.5以下為較佳,且還能夠設為3.4以下。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 20,000 to 28,000, more preferably 22,000 to 27,000, and further preferably 23,000 to 25,000. The dispersion degree (Mw/Mn) of the polyimide precursor is not particularly determined, but it is preferably 1.0 or more, more preferably 2.5 or more, and still more preferably 2.8 or more. The upper limit of the dispersion degree of the polyimide precursor is not particularly limited, but for example, 4.5 or less is preferred, and it can also be 3.4 or less.

樹脂組成物中的聚醯亞胺前驅物的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分是20~100質量%為較佳,50~99質量%為更佳,60~99質量%為進一步較佳,70~99質量%為特佳。The content of the polyimide precursor in the resin composition is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 50 to 99% by mass, and further preferably 60 to 99% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. , 70-99% by mass is particularly good.

<<其他樹脂成分>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物於不脫離本發明的宗旨之範圍內,可以包含其他樹脂。作為其他樹脂,可例示聚苯并噁唑前驅物、聚醯亞胺、聚苯并噁唑。又,本發明中,還能夠設為實質上不含有除聚醯亞胺前驅物以外的樹脂。實質上不含有是指,例如樹脂組成物中所含有之除了聚醯亞胺前驅物以外的含量為聚醯亞胺前驅物的含量的3質量%以下。<<Other resin components>> The resin composition in the present invention may contain other resins within the scope that does not deviate from the gist of the present invention. Examples of other resins include polybenzoxazole precursors, polyimide, and polybenzoxazole. Furthermore, in the present invention, it is possible to substantially not contain resins other than the polyimide precursor. Substantial absence means that, for example, the content other than the polyimide precursor contained in the resin composition is 3 mass % or less of the content of the polyimide precursor.

<<矽烷偶合劑>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物含有具有反應性基之矽烷偶合劑。矽烷偶合劑是具有反應性基之矽烷化合物為較佳,具有反應性基之烷氧基矽烷化合物為更佳。作為反應性基,於與聚醯亞胺前驅物之間相互作用或形成鍵而表示親和性之基團為較佳。可列舉酸基、胺基、具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、羥基、巰基、脲基、硫醚基、異氰酸酯基等,酸基、胺基、具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團及環狀醚基為較佳。<<Silane coupling agent>> The resin composition in the present invention contains a silane coupling agent having a reactive group. The silane coupling agent is preferably a silane compound having a reactive group, and more preferably an alkoxysilane compound having a reactive group. As the reactive group, a group showing affinity by interacting or forming a bond with the polyimide precursor is preferred. Examples include acidic groups, amine groups, groups with ethylenically unsaturated bonds, hydroxyl groups, mercapto groups, urea groups, thioether groups, isocyanate groups, etc., acidic groups, amine groups, groups with ethylenically unsaturated bonds, and rings. An ether group is preferred.

作為酸基,可列舉羧基、磺基、磷酸基等,羧基為較佳。 作為胺基,可列舉由-NR1 R2 或-N=CR3 R4 表示之基團。R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,氫原子或烷基為較佳,氫原子為更佳。R3 及R4 分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基。由R1 ~R4 表示之烷基的碳數是1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳。烷基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀中的任一種。由R1 ~R4 表示之芳基的碳數是6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可列舉乙烯基、苯乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。 作為環狀醚基,可列舉環氧基、氧雜環丁基等,環氧基為較佳。Examples of the acidic group include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphate group, and the like, with a carboxyl group being preferred. Examples of the amino group include groups represented by -NR 1 R 2 or -N=CR 3 R 4 . R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom. R 3 and R 4 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 1 to R 4 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and further preferably 1 to 10. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R 1 to R 4 is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and further preferably 6 to 10. Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a styrene group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acrylyl group, and the like. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, and the like, with an epoxy group being preferred.

本發明中,矽烷偶合劑是由下述式(S-1)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式10]上述式中,RS1 表示烷基。烷基的碳數是1~10為較佳,1~8為更佳,1~6為進一步較佳。又,烷基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀中的任一種,直鏈為較佳。 上述式中,RS2 表示烷基或芳基。烷基的碳數是1~10為較佳,1~8為更佳,1~6為進一步較佳。又,烷基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀中的任一種,直鏈為較佳。芳基的碳數是6~20為較佳,6~14為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。 上述式中,RS3 表示反應性基。反應性基的詳細內容與上述範圍相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 上述式中,L表示單鍵或2價連結基。作為2價連結基,可列舉碳數1~30的伸烷基、碳數6~30的伸芳基、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-COO-、-NR-、-CONR-、-OCO-、-SO-、-SO2 -及將它們連結兩個以上而成之連結基。在此,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。伸烷基的碳數是1~30為較佳。上限是25以下為更佳,20以下為進一步較佳。下限是2以上為更佳,3以上為進一步較佳。伸烷基是直鏈、分支、環狀中的任一種。伸芳基的碳數是6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。 上述式中,a表示1~3的整數,b表示1~3的整數,a與b的合計是4以下。In the present invention, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (S-1). [Chemical formula 10] In the above formula, R S1 represents an alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 8, and further preferably 1 to 6. In addition, the alkyl group may be any of straight chain, branched, and cyclic, and straight chain is preferred. In the above formula, R S2 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 8, and further preferably 1 to 6. In addition, the alkyl group may be any of straight chain, branched, and cyclic, and straight chain is preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 14, and still more preferably 6 to 10. In the above formula, R S3 represents a reactive group. The details of the reactive group are the same as the above ranges, and the preferred ranges are also the same. In the above formula, L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -COO-, and -NR. -, -CONR-, -OCO-, -SO-, -SO 2 - and connecting groups that connect two or more of them. Here, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 30. The upper limit is preferably 25 or less, and further preferably 20 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 2 or more, and further more preferably 3 or more. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is more preferably 6 to 20, and further preferably 6 to 12. In the above formula, a represents an integer of 1 to 3, b represents an integer of 1 to 3, and the total of a and b is 4 or less.

作為具有反應性基之矽烷偶合劑,例如可列舉2-((3-(三乙氧基甲矽烷基)丙基)胺基甲醯基)苯甲酸、三乙氧基甲矽烷基丙基馬來醯胺酸、2-((3-(三甲氧基甲矽烷基)丙基)胺基甲醯基)苯甲酸、三甲氧基甲矽烷基丙基馬來醯胺酸、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基甲矽烷基-N-(1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙胺、N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷,N-(乙烯基芐基)-2-胺基乙基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷的鹽酸鹽、三-(三甲氧基甲矽烷基丙基)異氰脲酸酯、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷等。Examples of the silane coupling agent having a reactive group include 2-((3-(triethoxysilyl)propyl)aminomethyl)benzoic acid and triethoxysilylpropylma Lesamide, 2-((3-(trimethoxysilyl)propyl)aminoformyl)benzoic acid, trimethoxysilylpropylmaleamide, vinyltrimethoxy Silane, vinyltriethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxy Propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, p-styryltrimethoxysilane, 3-methoxysilane Acryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane Cyloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N -2-(Aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-oxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-triethoxy Silyl-N-(1,3-dimethyl-butylene)propylamine, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-(vinylbenzyl)-2-aminoethyl Hydrochloride of 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, tris-(trimethoxysilylpropyl)isocyanurate, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercapto Propylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, etc.

又,例如還可列舉以下的具有羧基之矽烷偶合劑等。以下的結構式中,Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基。 [化學式11] Furthermore, examples include the following silane coupling agents having carboxyl groups. In the following structural formula, Me represents a methyl group, and Et represents an ethyl group. [Chemical formula 11]

作為矽烷偶合劑的市售品,還能夠使用KBM-602(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷)、KBE-502(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製、3-甲基丙烯醯甲基二乙氧基矽烷)KBM-403(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製、3-縮水甘油醚丙基三甲氧基矽烷)、KBE-803(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷)等。As a commercially available silane coupling agent, KBM-602 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxy Silane), KBE-502 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., 3-methacryloylmethyldiethoxysilane) KBM-403 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., 3-shrink Glyceryl ether propyl trimethoxysilane), KBE-803 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., 3-mercaptopropyl trimethoxysilane), etc.

矽烷偶合劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分是0.1~10質量%為較佳。下限是0.2質量%以上為較佳,0.4質量%以上為更佳,0.5質量%以上為進一步較佳,1質量%以上為特佳。上限是5質量%以下為較佳,4質量%以下為更佳,3質量%以下為進一步較佳,2.5質量%以下為特佳。若矽烷偶合劑的含量為上述範圍,則可輕鬆地形成與金屬層或支撐體的黏合性優異之膜。 矽烷偶合劑的含量相對於聚醯亞胺前驅物100質量份是0.1~30質量份為較佳。下限是0.5質量份以上為較佳,0.8質量份以上為更佳,1質量份以上為進一步較佳。上限是5質量份以下為較佳,4質量份以下為更佳,3.5質量份以下為進一步較佳。若矽烷偶合劑的含量為上述範圍,則可輕鬆地形成與金屬層或支撐體的黏合性優異之膜。 矽烷偶合劑可以是僅一種,亦可以是兩種以上。當使用兩種以上時,其合計是上述範圍為較佳。The content of the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. The lower limit is preferably 0.2 mass% or more, more preferably 0.4 mass% or more, further preferably 0.5 mass% or more, and particularly preferably 1 mass% or more. The upper limit is preferably 5 mass% or less, more preferably 4 mass% or less, further preferably 3 mass% or less, and particularly preferably 2.5 mass% or less. If the content of the silane coupling agent is within the above range, a film having excellent adhesion to a metal layer or a support can be easily formed. The content of the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polyimide precursor. The lower limit is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.8 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 1 part by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 4 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 3.5 parts by mass or less. If the content of the silane coupling agent is within the above range, a film having excellent adhesion to a metal layer or a support can be easily formed. There may be only one type of silane coupling agent, or two or more types of silane coupling agents may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<自由基聚合性化合物>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物還可以含有自由基聚合性化合物。藉由含有自由基聚合性化合物,能夠形成耐熱性更優異之硬化膜。進而,能夠藉由光微影法進行圖案形成。作為自由基聚合性化合物,具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為較佳,包含兩個以上的具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為更佳。自由基聚合性化合物例如可以是單體、預聚物、寡聚物及它們的混合物以及它們的多聚體等化學形態中的任一種。作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,苯乙烯基、乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基及(甲基)烯丙基為較佳,(甲基)丙烯醯基為更佳。此外,本發明中的自由基聚合性化合物為與上述聚醯亞胺前驅物及矽烷偶合劑不同之成分。<<Radically polymerizable compound>> The resin composition in the present invention may further contain a radically polymerizable compound. By containing a radically polymerizable compound, a cured film with more excellent heat resistance can be formed. Furthermore, pattern formation can be performed by photolithography. As the radically polymerizable compound, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferred, and a compound containing two or more groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is more preferred. The radically polymerizable compound may be in any chemical form such as a monomer, a prepolymer, an oligomer, a mixture thereof, or a polymer thereof. As the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a styryl group, a vinyl group, a (meth)acrylyl group and a (meth)allyl group are preferred, and a (meth)acrylyl group is more preferred. In addition, the radically polymerizable compound in the present invention is a component different from the above-mentioned polyimide precursor and silane coupling agent.

本發明中,單體類型的自由基聚合性化合物(以下,還稱為自由基聚合性單體)為與高分子化合物不同之化合物。自由基聚合性單體典型地是低分子化合物,且分子量2000以下的低分子化合物為較佳,分子量1500以下的低分子化合物為更佳,分子量900以下的低分子化合物為進一步較佳。此外,自由基聚合性單體的分子量通常為100以上。 又,寡聚物類型的自由基聚合性化合物典型地為分子量相對較低的聚合物,由10個~100個自由基聚合性單體鍵合而成之聚合物為較佳。作為分子量,利用凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法進行之聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量是2000~20000為較佳,2000~15000為更佳,2000~10000為進一步較佳。In the present invention, the monomer-type radically polymerizable compound (hereinafter also referred to as a radically polymerizable monomer) is a compound different from the polymer compound. The radically polymerizable monomer is typically a low molecular compound, and a low molecular compound having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less is preferred, a low molecular compound having a molecular weight of 1,500 or less is more preferred, and a low molecular compound having a molecular weight of 900 or less is further preferred. In addition, the molecular weight of the radically polymerizable monomer is usually 100 or more. Moreover, the oligomer type radically polymerizable compound is typically a polymer with a relatively low molecular weight, and a polymer in which 10 to 100 radically polymerizable monomers are bonded is preferred. The molecular weight is preferably 2,000 to 20,000, more preferably 2,000 to 15,000, and even more preferably 2,000 to 10,000 as a weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene calculated by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

本發明中的自由基聚合性化合物的官能基數是指1分子中的自由基聚合性基的數量。從分辨性的觀點考慮,樹脂組成物至少含有一種包含兩個以上的自由基聚合性基之2官能以上的自由基聚合性化合物為較佳,含有至少一種2~4官能自由基聚合性化合物為更佳。The number of functional groups of the radically polymerizable compound in the present invention means the number of radically polymerizable groups in one molecule. From the viewpoint of resolution, it is preferable that the resin composition contains at least one kind of bifunctional or higher radically polymerizable compound containing two or more radically polymerizable groups, and it is preferable that the resin composition contains at least one kind of 2- to 4-functional radically polymerizable compound. Better.

作為自由基聚合性化合物,可列舉不飽和羧酸(例如,丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、馬來酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類,較佳為不飽和羧酸與多元醇化合物的酯及不飽和羧酸與多元胺化合物的醯胺類。又,還可較佳地使用具有羥基或胺基、巰基等親和性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物、與單官能或多官能的羧酸的脱水縮合反應物等。又,具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的加成反應物及鹵素基或甲苯磺醯氧基等具有脱離性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物亦為較佳。又,作為另一例,替代上述不飽和羧酸,能夠使用被不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等乙烯基苯衍生物、乙烯醚、烯丙醚等取代之化合物組。作為具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0113~0122段的記載,並將該些內容編入本說明書中。Examples of the radically polymerizable compound include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or their esters and amides, and preferred ones are Esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyol compounds and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyamine compounds. Furthermore, the addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having an affinity substituent such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, or a mercapto group, and a monofunctional or multifunctional isocyanate or epoxy, or a monofunctional isocyanate or epoxy can be preferably used. Dehydration condensation reaction products of functional or polyfunctional carboxylic acids, etc. In addition, the addition reaction product of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having electrophilic substituents such as isocyanate groups or epoxy groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, thiols, and halogen groups or toluene Substitution reactants of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides with releasable substituents such as sulfonyloxy groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols are also preferred. As another example, instead of the unsaturated carboxylic acid, a group of compounds substituted by unsaturated phosphonic acid, vinylbenzene derivatives such as styrene, vinyl ether, allyl ether, etc. can be used. As a specific example, the description in paragraphs 0113 to 0122 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-027357 can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.

作為自由基聚合性化合物,於常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點的化合物亦為較佳。作為其例,能夠列舉聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(Neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate)、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯(Pentaerythritol(meth)acrylate)、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)異氰脲酸酯、甘油或三羥甲基乙烷等在多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化之化合物、日本特公昭48-41708號公報、日本特公昭50-6034號公報、日本特開昭51-37193號公報中所記載之(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯類、日本特開昭48-64183號公報、日本特公昭49-43191號公報、日本特公昭52-30490號公報中所記載之聚酯丙烯酸酯類,作為環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸的反應產物的環氧丙烯酸酯類等多官能的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯、以及該些的混合物。又,日本特開2008-292970號公報的0254~0257段中所記載之化合物亦為較佳。As the radically polymerizable compound, a compound having a boiling point of 100° C. or higher under normal pressure is also preferred. Examples thereof include polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolethane tri(meth)acrylate, and neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate (Neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate). acrylate), Pentaerythritol (meth) acrylate, Pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, hexane diacrylate Alcohol (meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tris(acryloxypropyl) ether, tris(acryloxyethyl)isocyanurate, glycerol or trimethylolethane, etc. A compound in which ethylene oxide or propylene oxide is added to a functional alcohol and then (meth)acrylated, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 48-41708, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 50-6034, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 51-37193 (Meth)acrylic urethanes described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-64183, Japanese Patent Publication No. 49-43191, and polyesters described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 52-30490 Acrylates, polyfunctional acrylates or methacrylates such as epoxy acrylates which are reaction products of epoxy resin and (meth)acrylic acid, and mixtures thereof. In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-292970 are also preferred.

作為自由基聚合性化合物,還能夠使用日本特開2010-160418號公報、日本特開2010-129825號公報、日本專利第4364216號公報等中所記載之具有茀環,且具有兩個以上的含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基團的化合物或卡多(cardo)樹脂。進而,作為其他例,還能夠列舉日本特公昭46-43946號公報、日本特公平1-40337號公報、日本特公平1-40336號公報中所記載之特定的不飽和化合物、日本特開平2-25493號公報中所記載之乙烯基膦酸系化合物等。又,還能夠使用日本特開昭61-22048號公報中所記載之包含全氟烷基的化合物。進而,還能夠使用「Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan」vol.20、No.7、300頁~308頁(1984年)中作為光聚合性單體及寡聚物所介紹者。As the radically polymerizable compound, those described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-160418, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-129825, Japanese Patent No. 4364216, etc. and having a fluorine ring and containing two or more can also be used. Compounds with ethylenically unsaturated bond groups or cardo resins. Furthermore, as other examples, specific unsaturated compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 46-43946, Japanese Patent Publication No. 1-40337, Japanese Patent Publication No. 1-40336, Japanese Patent Publication No. 1-40336, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2-40336 can also be cited. Vinylphosphonic acid-based compounds described in Publication No. 25493, etc. In addition, compounds containing a perfluoroalkyl group described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 61-22048 can also be used. Furthermore, those introduced as photopolymerizable monomers and oligomers in "Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan" vol. 20, No. 7, pages 300 to 308 (1984) can also be used.

除了上述以外,還能夠較佳地使用由下述通式(MO-1)~(MO-5)表示之化合物。此外,式中,T為氧伸烷基時,碳原子側的末端與R鍵結。In addition to the above, compounds represented by the following general formulas (MO-1) to (MO-5) can also be preferably used. In the formula, when T is an oxyalkylene group, the terminal on the carbon atom side is bonded to R.

[化學式12] [Chemical formula 12]

[化學式13] [Chemical formula 13]

於上述各式中,n為0~14的整數,m為0~8的整數。於分子內存在複數個之R、T可以分別相同,亦可以不同。 於由上述式(MO-1)~(MO-5)表示之化合物之每一個中,複數個R內的至少一個表示由-OC(=O)CH=CH2 或-OC(=O)C(CH3 )=CH2 表示之基團。 作為由上述式(MO-1)~(MO-5)表示之化合物的具體例,可列舉日本特開2007-269779號公報的0248~0251段中所記載之化合物。In each of the above formulas, n is an integer from 0 to 14, and m is an integer from 0 to 8. There are multiple R and T in the molecule, which may be the same or different. In each of the compounds represented by the above formulas (MO-1) to (MO-5), at least one of the plurality of R represents -OC (=O)CH=CH 2 or -OC (=O)C (CH 3 )=CH 2 represents the group. Specific examples of the compounds represented by the above formulas (MO-1) to (MO-5) include the compounds described in paragraphs 0248 to 0251 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-269779.

又,於日本特開平10-62986號公報中作為式(1)及式(2)與其具體例一同記載之如下化合物還能夠用作自由基聚合性化合物,該化合物是於多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成的化合物。進而,日本特開2015-187211號公報的0104~0131段中所記載之化合物亦能夠用作自由基聚合性化合物,並將該些內容編入本說明書中。In addition, the following compounds described as formula (1) and formula (2) together with specific examples in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-62986 can also be used as radically polymerizable compounds. The compounds are added to polyfunctional alcohols. A compound formed by (meth)acrylation of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide. Furthermore, the compounds described in paragraphs 0104 to 0131 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-187211 can also be used as radical polymerizable compounds, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.

作為自由基聚合性化合物,二季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-330;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-320;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製、A-TMMT:Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製)、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-310;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD DPHA;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製、A-DPH;Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製)及該些的(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基、丙二醇殘基鍵結之結構為較佳。還能夠使用它們的寡聚物類型。又,作為較佳的例,還可列舉上述式(MO-1)、式(MO-2)的季戊四醇衍生物和/或二季戊四醇衍生物。又,還能夠使用Sartomer company Inc.製SR209。As the radical polymerizable compound, dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-TMMT: Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available: KAYARAD D-310; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. .), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and these The structure in which the (meth)acrylyl group is bonded via an ethylene glycol residue or a propylene glycol residue is preferred. Their oligomer types can also be used. Preferable examples include pentaerythritol derivatives and/or dipentaerythritol derivatives of the above formula (MO-1) and formula (MO-2). In addition, SR209 manufactured by Sartomer Company Inc. can also be used.

自由基聚合性化合物還可以具有羧基、磺基、磷酸基等酸基。作為市售品,例如可列舉作為TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製多元酸改質丙烯酸寡聚物之M-510、M-520等。作為具有酸基之自由基聚合性化合物的較佳的酸值,是0.1~40mgKOH/g,特佳為5~30mgKOH/g。若上述化合物的酸值為上述範圍,則製造和操作性優異,進而顯影性優異。又,自由基聚合性為良好。The radically polymerizable compound may have an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, or a phosphate group. Examples of commercially available products include M-510 and M-520, which are polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. A preferable acid value of the radically polymerizable compound having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH/g, particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH/g. When the acid value of the above-mentioned compound is within the above range, the production and workability are excellent, and the developability is excellent. Moreover, the radical polymerizability is good.

作為自由基聚合性化合物,還能夠使用具有己內酯結構之化合物。作為具有己內酯結構之化合物,只要於分子內具有己內酯結構,則並無特別限定,例如能夠列舉可藉由將三羥甲基乙烷、二三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、二-三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇、三季戊四醇、甘油、二甘油、三羥甲基三聚氰胺等多元醇和(甲基)丙烯酸及ε-己內酯酯化而得到之ε-己內酯改質多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯。其中,由下述式(C)表示之化合物為較佳。As the radically polymerizable compound, a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used. The compound having a caprolactone structure is not particularly limited as long as it has a caprolactone structure in the molecule. Examples thereof include trimethylolethane, ditrimethylolethane, and trimethylol. Epsilon-hydroxypropane, di-trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, tripentaerythritol, glycerin, diglycerol, trimethylolmelamine and other polyols are esterified with (meth)acrylic acid and ε-caprolactone. Caprolactone modified multifunctional (meth)acrylate. Among them, the compound represented by the following formula (C) is preferable.

式(C) [化學式14] Formula (C) [Chemical Formula 14]

式中,6個R均為由下述式(D)表示之基團,或6個R中的1~5個為由下述式(D)表示之基團,剩餘為由下述式(E)表示之基團。In the formula, all 6 R are groups represented by the following formula (D), or 1 to 5 of the 6 R are groups represented by the following formula (D), and the remaining ones are represented by the following formula ( E) represents the group.

式(D) [化學式15] Formula (D) [Chemical Formula 15]

式中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,m表示1或2,「*」表示鍵結鍵。In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, m represents 1 or 2, and "*" represents a bond.

式(E) [化學式16] Formula (E) [Chemical Formula 16]

式中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,「*」表示鍵結鍵。In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and "*" represents a bond.

具有該種己內酯結構之化合物例如由Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd作為KAYARAD DPCA系列而在市售中,且能夠列舉DPCA-20(於上述式(C)~(E)中,m=1,由式(D)表示之基團的數量=2,R1 均為氫原子之化合物)、DPCA-30(上述式中,m=1,由式(D)表示之基團的數量=3,R1 均為氫原子之化合物)、DPCA-60(上述式中,m=1,由式(D)表示之基團的數量=6,R1 均為氫原子之化合物)、DPCA-120(上述式中m=2,由式(D)表示之基團的數量=6、R1 均為氫原子之化合物)等。Compounds having such a caprolactone structure are commercially available as the KAYARAD DPCA series from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., for example, and examples include DPCA-20 (in the above formulas (C) to (E), m=1, The number of groups represented by formula (D) = 2, a compound in which R 1 is a hydrogen atom), DPCA-30 (in the above formula, m = 1, the number of groups represented by formula (D) = 3, A compound in which R 1 is a hydrogen atom), DPCA-60 (in the above formula, m=1, the number of groups represented by formula (D) = 6, a compound in which R 1 is a hydrogen atom), DPCA-120 (a compound in which R 1 is a hydrogen atom), DPCA-120 ( In the above formula, m=2, the number of groups represented by formula (D)=6, R1 is a compound in which all hydrogen atoms are present), etc.

作為自由基聚合性化合物,選自由下述通式(i)或(ii)表示之化合物的組中之至少一種亦為較佳。As the radically polymerizable compound, at least one selected from the group of compounds represented by the following general formula (i) or (ii) is also preferred.

[化學式17] [Chemical formula 17]

式(i)及式(ii)中,E各自獨立地表示-((CH2y CH2 O)-或-((CH2y CH(CH3 )O)-,y各自獨立地表示0~10的整數,X各自獨立地表示(甲基)丙烯醯基、氫原子或羧基。 式(i)中,(甲基)丙烯醯基的合計是3個或4個,m各自獨立地表示0~10的整數,各m的合計為0~40的整數。但是,各m的合計為0時,X中的任一個為羧基。 式(ii)中,(甲基)丙烯醯基的合計為5個或6個,n各自獨立地表示0~10的整數,各n的合計為0~60的整數。但是,各n的合計為0時,X中的任一個為羧基。In formula (i) and formula (ii), E each independently represents -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) - or -((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) -, and y each independently represents An integer of 0 to 10, and X each independently represents a (meth)acrylyl group, a hydrogen atom or a carboxyl group. In the formula (i), the total number of (meth)acrylyl groups is 3 or 4, m each independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each m is an integer of 0 to 40. However, when the total of each m is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group. In formula (ii), the total number of (meth)acrylyl groups is 5 or 6, n each independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total number of n is an integer of 0 to 60. However, when the total of n's is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.

式(i)中,m是0~6的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳。又,各m的合計是2~40的整數為較佳,2~16的整數為更佳,4~8的整數為特佳。 式(ii)中,n是0~6的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳。又,各n的合計是3~60的整數為較佳,3~24的整數為更佳,6~12的整數為特佳。 式(i)或式(ii)中的-((CH2y CH2 O)-或-((CH2y CH(CH3 )O)-是氧原子側的末端與X鍵結之形態為較佳。尤其,於式(ii)中,6個X均為丙烯醯基之形態為較佳。In the formula (i), m is preferably an integer from 0 to 6, and more preferably an integer from 0 to 4. Moreover, the total of each m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4 to 8. In formula (ii), n is preferably an integer from 0 to 6, and more preferably an integer from 0 to 4. In addition, the total of n is preferably an integer of 3 to 60, more preferably an integer of 3 to 24, and particularly preferably an integer of 6 to 12. -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) - or -((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) - in formula (i) or formula (ii) is the bond between the end on the oxygen atom side and X The shape is better. In particular, in the formula (ii), the form in which all six X's are acrylic groups is preferred.

作為由式(i)及式(ii)表示之化合物的市售品,例如可列舉Sartomer company Inc.製的作為具有4個乙烯氧鏈之4官能丙烯酸酯之SR-494、Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd製的作為具有6個戊烯氧鏈之6官能丙烯酸酯之DPCA-60、作為具有3個異丁烯氧鏈之3官能丙烯酸酯之TPA-330等。Examples of commercially available products of compounds represented by formulas (i) and (ii) include SR-494, a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethylene oxide chains, manufactured by Sartomer Company Inc. and Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. Ltd. DPCA-60, which is a hexafunctional acrylate with six amyloxy chains, and TPA-330, which is a trifunctional acrylate with three isobutylene oxygen chains, etc.

作為自由基聚合性化合物,日本特公昭48-41708號公報、日本特開昭51-37193號公報、日本特公平2-32293號公報、日本特公平2-16765號公報中所記載之胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類、日本特公昭58-49860號公報、日本特公昭56-17654號公報、日本特公昭62-39417號公報、日本特公昭62-39418號公報中所記載之具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺基甲酸酯化合物類亦為較佳。又,還能夠使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報、日本特開平1-105238號公報中所記載之於分子內具有胺基結構或硫醚結構之加成聚合性單體類。 作為市售品,可列舉胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp Co.,Ltd製)、NK酯M-40G、NK酯4G、NK酯M-9300、NK酯A-9300、UA-7200(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd製)、DPHA-40H(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(Kyoeisha chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、BLEMMER PME400(NOF CORPORATION.製)等。As the radical polymerizable compound, aminomethyl is described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-41708, Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-37193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2-32293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2-16765. Acid ester acrylates, those with ethylene oxide described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-49860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-17654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-39417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-39418 Urethane compounds having a skeleton are also preferred. In addition, additives having an amino group structure or a thioether structure in the molecule described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 63-277653, 63-260909, and 105238 can also be used. into polymerizable monomers. Commercially available products include urethane oligomer UAS-10, UAB-140 (manufactured by Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp Co., Ltd.), NK ester M-40G, NK ester 4G, NK ester M-9300, NK Ester A-9300, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), BLEMMER PME400 (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION.), etc.

作為自由基聚合性化合物,從耐熱性的觀點考慮,具有由下述式表示之部分結構為較佳。其中,式中的*為連接鍵。From the viewpoint of heat resistance, the radically polymerizable compound preferably has a partial structure represented by the following formula. Among them, * in the formula is the connecting key.

[化學式18] [Chemical formula 18]

作為具有上述部分結構之化合物的具體例,例如可列舉三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異氰脲酸環氧乙烷改質二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異氰脲酸環氧乙烷改質三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。Specific examples of the compound having the above partial structure include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide modified di(meth)acrylate, isocyanuric acid ring Oxyethane modified tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate ) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, tetrahydroxymethylmethane tetra(meth)acrylate, etc.

於樹脂組成物中,從良好自由基聚合性與耐熱性的觀點考慮,自由基聚合性化合物的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分是1~50質量%為較佳。下限是5質量%以上為更佳。上限是30質量%以下為更佳。 又,聚醯亞胺前驅物與自由基聚合性化合物的質量比例(聚醯亞胺前驅物/自由基聚合性化合物)是98/2~10/90為較佳,95/5~30/70為更佳,90/10~50/50為進一步較佳。若聚醯亞胺前驅物與自由基聚合性化合物的質量比例為上述範圍,則能夠形成硬化性及耐熱性更優異之硬化膜。自由基聚合性化合物可以僅使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。當使用兩種以上時,合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。In the resin composition, from the viewpoint of good radical polymerizability and heat resistance, the content of the radical polymerizable compound is preferably 1 to 50% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. The lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more. It is more preferable that the upper limit is 30% by mass or less. In addition, the mass ratio of the polyimide precursor and the radically polymerizable compound (polyimide precursor/radically polymerizable compound) is preferably 98/2 to 10/90, and 95/5 to 30/70 is more preferable, and 90/10 to 50/50 is still more preferable. If the mass ratio of the polyimide precursor and the radically polymerizable compound is within the above range, a cured film with more excellent curing properties and heat resistance can be formed. Only one type of radically polymerizable compound may be used, or two or more types of radically polymerizable compounds may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<光聚合起始劑>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物包含光聚合起始劑為較佳。作為光聚合起始劑,可列舉光陽離子聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑等,光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。本發明中的樹脂組成物藉由包含光自由基聚合起始劑,於將樹脂組成物應用於半導體晶圓等基板而形成樹脂組成物層之後,照射光而引起由所產生之自由基導致之硬化,從而能夠降低光照射部中的溶解性。因此,例如具有如下優點:經由具有僅遮蔽電極部之圖案之光遮罩而對樹脂組成物層進行曝光,藉此依電極等的圖案而能夠簡單地製作溶解性不同之區域。<<Photopolymerization initiator>> The resin composition in the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include photocationic polymerization initiators, photoradical polymerization initiators, and the like, and photoradical polymerization initiators are preferred. The resin composition in the present invention contains a photoradical polymerization initiator. After the resin composition is applied to a substrate such as a semiconductor wafer to form a resin composition layer, light is irradiated to cause polymerization caused by the generated free radicals. Hardening can reduce the solubility in the light irradiation part. Therefore, for example, there is an advantage that regions having different solubilities can be easily produced according to the pattern of the electrodes or the like by exposing the resin composition layer through a photomask having a pattern that only shields the electrode portion.

作為光聚合起始劑,並無特別限制,能夠從公知的光聚合起始劑中適當選擇。例如,對從紫外線區域至可見區域的光線具有感光性之光聚合起始劑為較佳。又,可以是與光激發之敏化劑產生某些作用而生成活性自由基之活性劑。光聚合起始劑至少含有一種於約300~800nm(較佳為330~500nm)的範圍內至少具有約50的莫耳吸光係數之化合物為較佳。化合物的莫耳吸光係數能夠利用公知的方法來測定。例如,利用紫外可見分光光度計(Varian公司製Cary-5 spectrophotometer),並使用乙酸乙酯溶劑,以0.01g/L的濃度進行測定為較佳。The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, a photopolymerization initiator that is photosensitive to light from an ultraviolet region to a visible region is preferable. Alternatively, it may be an active agent that interacts with a photo-excited sensitizer to generate active free radicals. The photopolymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar absorption coefficient of at least about 50 in the range of about 300 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). The molar absorption coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure using a UV-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.

作為光聚合起始劑,能夠任意使用公知的化合物。例如可列舉鹵烴衍生物(例如,具有三嗪骨架之化合物、具有噁二唑骨架之化合物、具有三鹵甲基骨架之化合物)、醯基氧化膦等醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫代化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮、偶氮類化合物、疊氮化合物、茂金屬化合物、有機硼化合物、鐵芳烴錯合物等。關於該些的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0165~0182段的記載,並將該內容編入本說明書中。又,作為酮化合物,例如可例示日本特開2015-087611號公報的0087段中所記載之化合物,並將該內容編入本說明書中。市售品中,還可較佳地使用KAYACUREDETX(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd製)。As the photopolymerization initiator, any known compound can be used. Examples include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, and compounds having a trihalomethyl skeleton), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, and hexaarylbisazoles. , oxime compounds such as oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenone, azo compounds, azide compounds, Metallocene compounds, organoboron compounds, iron aromatic hydrocarbon complexes, etc. Regarding these details, you can refer to the description in paragraphs 0165 to 0182 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-027357, and this content is incorporated into this specification. Examples of ketone compounds include compounds described in paragraph 0087 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-087611, and this content is incorporated into this specification. Among commercially available products, KAYACUREDETX (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) can be preferably used.

作為光聚合起始劑,還能夠較佳地使用α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物及茂金屬化合物。更具體而言,例如還能夠使用日本特開平10-291969號公報中所記載之光聚合起始劑、日本專利第4225898號中所記載之光聚合起始劑。 作為α-羥基酮化合物,能夠使用IRGACURE-184(IRGACURE為註冊商標)、DAROCUR-1173、IRGACURE-500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE-127(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。 作為α-胺基酮化合物,能夠使用作為市售品之IRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369及IRGACURE-379(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。作為α-胺基酮化合物,還能夠使用吸收極大波長與365nm或405nm等波長光源匹配之日本特開2009-191179號公報中所記載之化合物。 作為醯基膦化合物,可列舉2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基-氧化膦等。又,能夠使用作為市售品之IRGACURE-819或IRGACURE-TPO(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。 作為茂金屬化合物,可例示IRGACURE-784(BASF公司製)等。As the photopolymerization initiator, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds and metallocene compounds can also be preferably used. More specifically, for example, the photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-291969 and the photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used. As the α-hydroxyketone compound, IRGACURE-184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE-127 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used. As the α-aminoketone compound, commercially available IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used. As the α-aminoketone compound, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-191179 whose absorption maximum wavelength matches a light source with a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used. Examples of the acylphosphine compound include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide and the like. In addition, commercially available IRGACURE-819 or IRGACURE-TPO (trade name: both manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used. Examples of the metallocene compound include IRGACURE-784 (manufactured by BASF Corporation) and the like.

作為光聚合起始劑,更佳為可列舉肟化合物。藉由使用肟化合物,能夠使曝光寬容度更有效地提高。肟化合物的曝光寬容度(曝光餘量)廣,並且還作為熱鹼產生劑而發揮作用,因此為特佳。 作為肟化合物的具體例,能夠使用日本特開2001-233842號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2000-80068號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中所記載之化合物。作為較佳的肟化合物,例如可列舉3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮,3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮,2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮,2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-2-酮等。As a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound is more preferable. By using oxime compounds, exposure latitude can be increased more effectively. Oxime compounds are particularly preferred because they have a wide exposure latitude (exposure margin) and also function as a thermal base generator. As specific examples of the oxime compound, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-233842, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-80068, and compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-342166 can be used. . Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetyloxyiminobutan-2-one, and 3-propyloxyiminobutan-2-one. Aminobutan-2-one, 2-acetyloxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetyloxyiminopentan-1-one, 2-benzoyl Oxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1 -Phenylpropan-2-one, etc.

市售品中,還可較佳地使用IRGACURE OXE 01、IRGACURE OXE 02、IRGACURE OXE 03、IRGACURE OXE 04(以上為BASF公司製)、ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製、日本特開2012-14052號公報中所記載之光聚合起始劑2)。又,還能夠使用TR-PBG-304(Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD製)、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831及ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930((ADEKA CORPORATION製)。又,能夠使用DFI-091(DAITO CHEMIX Co., Ltd. 製)。進而,還能夠使用具有氟原子之肟化合物。作為該種肟化合物的具體例,可列舉日本特開2010-262028號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特表2014-500852號公報的0345段中所記載之化合物24、36~40、日本特開2013-164471號公報的0101段中所記載之化合物(C-3)等。 作為最佳的肟化合物,可列舉日本特開2007-269779號公報中所示之具有特定取代基之肟化合物、日本特開2009-191061號公報中所示之具有硫芳基之肟化合物等。Among commercially available products, IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, IRGACURE OXE 04 (the above are made by BASF), ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919 (made by ADEKA CORPORATION, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-14052 Photopolymerization initiator 2) described in the Gazette No. In addition, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD), ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831 and ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) can also be used. Also, DFI-091 (DAITO CHEMIX Co., Ltd.). Furthermore, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-262028 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014 - Compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in paragraph 0345 of Publication No. 500852, compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-164471, etc. Examples of optimal oxime compounds include An oxime compound having a specific substituent shown in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-269779, an oxime compound having a thioaryl group shown in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-191061, and the like.

作為光聚合起始劑,從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,選自三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、芐基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、鎓鹽化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵甲基噁二唑化合物及3-芳基取代香豆素化合物中之至少一種為較佳,選自三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、鎓鹽化合物、二苯甲酮化合物及苯乙酮化合物中之至少一種為更佳,選自三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體及二苯甲酮化合物中之至少一種為進一步較佳,茂金屬化合物或肟化合物為進一步較佳,肟化合物為特佳。The photopolymerization initiator is selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyldimethyl ketal compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity. , phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and their derivatives, cyclopentadiene-benzene- At least one of iron complexes and salts thereof, halomethyloxadiazole compounds and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds is preferred, and is selected from trihalomethyltriazine compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α - At least one of an amino ketone compound, a hydroxyphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a triarylimidazole dimer, an onium salt compound, a benzophenone compound and an acetophenone compound is more preferred , at least one selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyltriazine compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers and benzophenone compounds is further preferred, and metallocene Compounds or oxime compounds are further preferred, and oxime compounds are particularly preferred.

又,光聚合起始劑還能夠使用二苯甲酮、N,N'-四甲基-4,4'-二胺基二苯甲酮(米其勒酮)等N,N'-四烷基-4,4'-二胺基二苯甲酮;2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-丁酮-1、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉基-丙酮-1等芳香族酮;與烷基蒽醌等芳香環進行縮環而成的醌類;安息香烷基醚等安息香醚化合物、安息香、烷基安息香等安息香化合物;苯偶醯二甲基縮酮等苯偶醯衍生物等。又,還能夠使用由下述式(I)表示之化合物。 [化學式19]式(I)中,R50 為碳數1~20的烷基;被一個以上的氧原子中斷之碳數2~20的烷基;碳數1~12的烷氧基;苯基;碳數1~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、鹵素原子、環戊基、環己基、碳數2~12的烯基、被一個以上的氧原子中斷之碳數2~18的烷基及被碳數1~4的烷基中的至少一個取代之苯基;或聯苯基,R51 為由式(II)表示之基團,或者是與R50 相同的基團。R52 ~R54 各自獨立地為碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基或鹵素。 [化學式20]式中,R55 ~R57 與上述式(I)的R52 ~R54 相同。In addition, as the photopolymerization initiator, N,N'-tetrakanes such as benzophenone and N,N'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michelone) can also be used. Benzyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone; 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)-butanone-1,2-methyl- Aromatic ketones such as 1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinyl-acetone-1; quinones formed by condensing aromatic rings such as alkyl anthraquinones; benzoin alkyl ethers, etc. Benzoin ether compounds, benzoin, alkyl benzoin and other benzoin compounds; benzoyl derivatives such as benzoyl dimethyl ketal, etc. Moreover, the compound represented by the following formula (I) can also be used. [Chemical formula 19] In formula (I), R 50 is an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms; an alkyl group with 2 to 20 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms; an alkoxy group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms; phenyl; carbon number Alkyl groups with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, halogen atoms, cyclopentyl groups, cyclohexyl groups, alkenyl groups with 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and alkenyl groups with 2 to 18 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms. Alkyl group and phenyl group substituted by at least one alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; or biphenyl group, R 51 is a group represented by formula (II), or the same group as R 50 . R 52 to R 54 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a halogen. [Chemical formula 20] In the formula, R 55 to R 57 are the same as R 52 to R 54 in the above formula (I).

又,光聚合起始劑還能夠使用國際公開WO2015/125469號的0048~0055段中所記載之化合物。In addition, compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0055 of International Publication No. WO2015/125469 can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator.

光聚合起始劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分是0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為0.1~10質量%。光聚合起始劑可以僅含有一種,亦可以含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上的光聚合起始劑時,其合計是上述範圍為較佳。The content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, and even more preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. The photopolymerization initiator may contain only one type, or two or more types. When two or more photopolymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<聚合抑制劑>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物包含聚合抑制劑為較佳。作為聚合抑制劑,例如可較佳地使用對苯二酚、對甲氧基苯酚、二-第三丁基-對甲酚、鄰苯三酚、對-第三丁基鄰苯二酚、對苯醌、二苯基-對苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺鋁鹽、吩噻嗪、N-亞硝基二苯胺、N-苯基萘胺、伸乙基二胺四乙酸、1,2-環己二胺四乙酸、乙二醇醚二胺四乙酸、2,6-二-第三丁基-4-甲基苯酚、5-亞硝基-8-羥基喹啉、1-亞硝基-2-萘酚、2-亞硝基-1-萘酚、2-亞硝基-5-(N-乙基-N-磺基丙基胺)苯酚、N-亞硝基-N-(1-萘基)羥胺銨鹽、雙(4-羥基-3,5-第三丁基)苯基甲烷等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開2015-127817號公報的0060段中所記載之聚合抑制劑及國際公開WO2015/125469號的0031~0046段中所記載之化合物。<<Polymerization inhibitor>> The resin composition in the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor. As the polymerization inhibitor, for example, hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, p-tert-butylcatechol, p- Benzoquinone, diphenyl-p-benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6 -Tertiary butylphenol), N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, phenothiazine, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-Cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, glycol ether diaminetetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1 -Nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5-(N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamine)phenol, N-nitroso -N-(1-naphthyl)hydroxylamine ammonium salt, bis(4-hydroxy-3,5-tert-butyl)phenylmethane, etc. In addition, the polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0060 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-127817 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0046 of International Publication No. WO2015/125469 can also be used.

當樹脂組成物具有聚合抑制劑時,聚合抑制劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分是0.01~5質量%為較佳。聚合抑制劑可以是僅一種,亦可以為兩種以上。當聚合抑制劑為兩種以上時,其合計為上述範圍為較佳。When the resin composition contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. There may be only one type of polymerization inhibitor, or two or more types of polymerization inhibitors may be used. When there are two or more polymerization inhibitors, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<光鹼產生劑>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物可以包含光鹼產生劑。光鹼產生劑為藉由曝光而產生鹼者,於常溫常壓的通常條件下不顯示活性,但若是作為外部刺激而進行電磁波照射和加熱時,產生鹼(鹼性物質)者,則並無特別限定。藉由曝光而產生之鹼作為藉由對聚醯亞胺前驅物進行加熱而使其硬化時的觸媒而發揮作用,因此能夠較佳地使用於負型感光性樹脂組成物中。<<Photobase generator>> The resin composition in the present invention may contain a photobase generator. Photobase generators are those that generate bases by exposure and do not show activity under normal conditions of normal temperature and pressure. However, if they generate bases (alkaline substances) when electromagnetic wave irradiation and heating are used as external stimuli, they are not active. Specially limited. The alkali generated by exposure functions as a catalyst when the polyimide precursor is cured by heating, and therefore can be suitably used in a negative photosensitive resin composition.

光鹼產生劑的含量只要能夠形成所希望的圖案,則並無特別限定,能夠設為通常的含量。光鹼產生劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物100質量份於0.01質量份以上且小於30質量份的範圍內為較佳,於0.05質量份~25質量份的範圍內為更佳,於0.1質量份~20質量份的範圍內為進一步較佳。The content of the photobase generator is not particularly limited as long as a desired pattern can be formed, and it can be a normal content. The content of the photobase generator is preferably in the range of 0.01 to less than 30 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the resin composition, more preferably in the range of 0.05 to 25 parts by mass, and 0.1 part by mass The range of ∼20 parts by mass is more preferable.

本發明中,作為光鹼產生劑能夠使用公知的化合物。例如,能夠列舉如於M.Shirai, and M.Tsunooka, Prog.Polym.Sci.,21,1(1996);角岡正弘,高分子加工,46,2(1997);C.Kutal,Coord.Chem.Rev.,211,353(2001);Y.Kaneko,A.Sarker, and D.Neckers,Chem.Mater.,11,170(1999);H.Tachi,M.Shirai, and M.Tsunooka,J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol.,13,153(2000);M.Winkle, and K.Graziano,J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol.,3,419(1990);M.Tsunooka,H.Tachi, and S.Yoshitaka,J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol.,9,13(1996);K.Suyama,H.Araki,M.Shirai,J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol.,19,81(2006)中所記載,如過度金屬化合物錯合物、具有銨鹽等結構者、如脒部分因與羧酸形成鹽而被潛在化者那樣,鹼成分因形成鹽而被中和之離子性化合物、胺基甲酸酯衍生物、肟酯衍生物、醯基化合物等藉由胺基甲酸酯鍵或肟鍵等而鹼成分被潛在化之非離子性化合物。又,使用WPBG-266(Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.製)亦為較佳。In the present invention, known compounds can be used as the photobase generator. For example, M. Shirai, and M. Tsunooka, Prog. Polym. Sci., 21, 1 (1996); Masahiro Kakuoka, Polymer Processing, 46, 2 (1997); C. Kutal, Coord. Chem. Rev., 211, 353 (2001); Y. Kaneko, A. Sarker, and D. Neckers, Chem. Mater., 11, 170 (1999); H. Tachi, M. Shirai, and M. Tsunooka, J. Photopolym. Sci. Technol., 13, 153 (2000); M. Winkle, and K. Graziano, J. Photopolym. Sci. Technol., 3, 419 (1990); M. Tsunooka, H. Tachi, and S. Yoshitaka, J. Photopolym. Sci. Technol., 9, 13 (1996); K. Suyama, H. Araki, M. Shirai, J. Photopolym. Sci. Technol., 19, 81 (2006), such as transition metal compound complexes , those having structures such as ammonium salts, ionic compounds in which the amidine part is latent by forming a salt with carboxylic acid, ionic compounds in which the base component is neutralized by forming a salt, urethane derivatives, and oxime ester derivatives , acyl compounds and other non-ionic compounds in which alkali components are latent through urethane bonds or oxime bonds. In addition, it is also preferable to use WPBG-266 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.).

由光鹼產生劑產生之鹼性物質並無特別限定,可列舉具有胺基之化合物,尤其可列舉單胺、二胺等聚胺或脒等。 所產生之鹼性物質是具有鹼度更高的胺基之化合物為較佳。其原因為對聚醯亞胺前驅物的醯亞胺化中的脱水縮合反應等的觸媒作用強,且能夠添加少量來顯現於更低的溫度下的脱水縮合反應等中的觸媒效果。亦即,所產生之鹼性物質的觸媒效果大,因此作為樹脂組成物的外觀的靈敏度得以提高。從上述觸媒效果的觀點考慮,脒、脂肪族胺基為較佳。The alkaline substance generated by the photobase generator is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include compounds having an amine group, particularly polyamines such as monoamines and diamines, amidines, and the like. It is preferred that the alkaline substance produced is a compound with an amine group having a higher basicity. The reason for this is that it has a strong catalytic effect on the dehydration condensation reaction in the imidization of the polyimide precursor, and a small amount can be added to exhibit the catalytic effect in the dehydration condensation reaction at a lower temperature. That is, the generated alkaline substance has a large catalytic effect, so the sensitivity of the appearance of the resin composition is improved. From the viewpoint of the above-mentioned catalyst effect, amidine and aliphatic amine groups are preferred.

光鹼產生劑是於結構中不包含鹽之光鹼產生劑為較佳。於光鹼產生劑中產生之鹼部分的氮原子上無電荷為較佳。光鹼產生劑中,所產生之鹼藉由使用共價鍵而被潛在化為較佳,鹼的產生機構是和與所產生之鹼部分的氮原子相鄰之原子之間的共價鍵被切斷而產生鹼之化合物為更佳。若為於結構中不包含鹽之光鹼產生劑,則能夠將光鹼產生劑中性化,因此溶劑溶解性良好,且適用期得以提高。從該種理由考慮,由本發明中所使用之光鹼產生劑產生之胺為1級胺或2級胺為較佳。The photobase generator is preferably one that does not contain a salt in its structure. It is preferred that there is no charge on the nitrogen atom of the base portion generated in the photobase generator. In photobase generators, the generated base is potentially optimized through the use of covalent bonds. The base generating mechanism is a covalent bond between atoms adjacent to the nitrogen atom of the generated base moiety. Compounds that generate bases upon cleavage are more preferred. If the photobase generator does not contain a salt in its structure, the photobase generator can be neutralized, so the solvent solubility is good and the pot life is improved. For this reason, it is preferable that the amine generated by the photobase generator used in the present invention is a primary amine or a secondary amine.

又,從如上述那樣的理由考慮,光鹼產生劑中,如前述那樣產生之鹼使用共價鍵而被潛在化為較佳。又,所產生之鹼使用醯胺鍵、胺基甲酸酯鍵、肟鍵而被潛在化為更佳。In addition, for the reasons described above, among the photobase generators, it is preferable that the base generated as described above is latent using a covalent bond. In addition, it is better to use amide bonds, urethane bonds, and oxime bonds to make the generated base latent.

作為光鹼產生劑,還能夠使用日本特開2009-80452號公報及國際公開WO2009/123122號中所記載之具有肉桂酸醯胺結構之光鹼產生劑、日本特開2006-189591號公報及日本特開2008-247747號公報中所記載之具有胺基甲酸酯結構之光鹼產生劑、日本特開2007-249013號公報及日本特開2008-003581號公報中所記載之具有肟酯結構、胺甲醯肟結構之光鹼產生劑。As the photobase generator, photobase generators having a cinnamic acid amide structure described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-80452 and International Publication No. WO2009/123122, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-189591 and Japan The photobase generator having a urethane structure described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-247747, the photobase generator having an oxime ester structure described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-249013 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-003581, Photobase generator with methylcarbamate oxime structure.

除此以外,作為光鹼產生劑,可列舉日本特開2012-93746號公報的0185~0188、0199~0200及0202段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2013-194205號公報的0022~0069段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2013-204019號公報的0026~0074段中所記載之化合物、以及WO2010/064631號公報的0052段中所記載之化合物。In addition, examples of the photobase generator include compounds described in paragraphs 0185 to 0188, 0199 to 0200, and 0202 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-93746, and paragraphs 0022 to 0069 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-194205. The compounds described in , the compounds described in paragraphs 0026 to 0074 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-204019, and the compounds described in paragraph 0052 of WO2010/064631.

<<熱鹼產生劑>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物可以包含熱鹼產生劑。作為熱鹼產生劑,包含選自加熱至40℃以上時產生鹼之酸性化合物(A1)及具有pKa1的0~4的陰離子和銨陽離子之銨鹽(A2)中之至少一種之熱鹼產生劑為較佳。在此,pKa1表示多元酸的第一質子的解離常數(Ka)的對數顯示(-Log10 Ka)。 上述酸性化合物(A1)及上述銨鹽(A2)為加熱時產生鹼者,因此能夠藉由由該些化合物產生之鹼而促進聚醯亞胺前驅物等的環化反應,且能夠於低溫下進行聚醯亞胺前驅物等的環化。又,關於該些化合物,即使與藉由鹼而環化並硬化之聚醯亞胺前驅物等共存,若不加熱則聚醯亞胺前驅物等的環化幾乎不進行,因此能夠製備保存穩定性優異之樹脂組成物。 此外,於本說明書中,酸性化合物是指,使用pH計,於20℃對如下溶液進行測定之pH值小於7之化合物,該溶液為將1g化合物採集到容器,添加50mL的離子交換水與四氫呋喃的混合液(質量比為水/四氫呋喃=1/4)而於室溫下攪拌1小時而得到之溶液。<<Thermal base generator>> The resin composition in the present invention may contain a thermal base generator. The thermal base generator includes at least one selected from the group consisting of an acidic compound (A1) that generates a base when heated to 40° C. or above, and an ammonium salt (A2) of an anion having a pKa1 of 0 to 4 and an ammonium cation. For better. Here, pKa1 represents the logarithmic display of the dissociation constant (Ka) of the first proton of the polybasic acid (-Log 10 Ka). The above-mentioned acidic compound (A1) and the above-mentioned ammonium salt (A2) generate a base when heated. Therefore, the base generated by these compounds can promote the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor and the like, and can be used at low temperatures. Perform cyclization of polyimide precursors, etc. In addition, even if these compounds coexist with polyimide precursors and the like that are cyclized and hardened by a base, cyclization of the polyimide precursors and the like hardly proceeds without heating, so it is possible to prepare storage-stable compounds. Resin composition with excellent properties. In addition, in this specification, an acidic compound refers to a compound whose pH value is less than 7 when measured at 20°C using a pH meter. The solution is to collect 1 g of the compound into a container and add 50 mL of ion-exchange water and tetrahydrofuran. The mixture (mass ratio: water/tetrahydrofuran = 1/4) was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour.

酸性化合物(A1)及銨鹽(A2)的鹼產生溫度是40℃以上為較佳,120~200℃為更佳。鹼產生溫度的上限是190℃以下為更佳,180℃以下為進一步較佳,165℃以下為進一步較佳。鹼產生溫度的下限是130℃以上為更佳,135℃以上為進一步較佳。 若酸性化合物(A1)及銨鹽(A2)的鹼產生溫度為120℃以上,則於保存中不易產生鹼,因此能夠製備穩定性優異之樹脂組成物。若酸性化合物(A1)及銨鹽(A2)的鹼產生溫度為200℃以下,則能夠降低聚醯亞胺前驅物的環化溫度。鹼產生溫度例如能夠如下測定,亦即利用差示掃描量熱法,於耐壓膠囊中以5℃/分鐘將化合物加熱至250℃,並讀取最低溫度的發熱峰值的峰值溫度,且將峰值溫度作為鹼產生溫度。The alkali generation temperature of the acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) is preferably 40°C or higher, and more preferably 120 to 200°C. The upper limit of the alkali generation temperature is more preferably 190°C or less, still more preferably 180°C or less, and still more preferably 165°C or less. The lower limit of the alkali generation temperature is more preferably 130°C or higher, and still more preferably 135°C or higher. If the alkali generation temperature of the acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) is 120°C or higher, alkali is less likely to be generated during storage, and therefore a resin composition with excellent stability can be prepared. If the base generation temperature of the acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) is 200°C or lower, the cyclization temperature of the polyimide precursor can be lowered. The base generation temperature can be measured, for example, by heating the compound to 250°C at 5°C/min in a pressure-resistant capsule using differential scanning calorimetry, reading the peak temperature of the heat generation peak at the lowest temperature, and dividing the peak value into Temperature acts as a base production temperature.

藉由熱鹼產生劑而產生之鹼是2級胺或3級胺為較佳,3級胺為更佳。3級胺的鹼性高,因此能夠進一步降低聚醯亞胺前驅物的環化溫度。又,藉由熱鹼產生劑而產生之鹼的沸點是80℃以上為較佳,100℃以上為更佳,140℃以上為最佳。又,所產生之鹼的分子量是80~2000為較佳。下限是100以上為更佳。上限是500以下為更佳。此外,分子量的值是依結構式求出之理論值。The base generated by the thermal base generator is preferably a secondary amine or a tertiary amine, and more preferably a tertiary amine. The tertiary amine has high alkalinity, so it can further reduce the cyclization temperature of the polyimide precursor. In addition, the boiling point of the base generated by the thermal base generator is preferably 80°C or higher, more preferably 100°C or higher, and most preferably 140°C or higher. In addition, the molecular weight of the generated base is preferably 80 to 2,000. It is better if the lower limit is 100 or more. It is better if the upper limit is below 500. In addition, the molecular weight value is a theoretical value calculated based on the structural formula.

上述酸性化合物(A1)包含選自銨鹽及由後述式(A1)表示之化合物中之一種以上為較佳。The acidic compound (A1) preferably contains one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of ammonium salts and compounds represented by the formula (A1) described below.

上述銨鹽(A2)是酸性化合物為較佳。此外,上述銨鹽(A2)可以是包含加熱至40℃以上(較佳為120~200℃)時產生鹼之酸性化合物之化合物,亦可以是除加熱至40℃以上(較佳為120~200℃)時產生鹼之酸性化合物以外的化合物。The above-mentioned ammonium salt (A2) is preferably an acidic compound. In addition, the above-mentioned ammonium salt (A2) may be a compound containing an acidic compound that generates a base when heated to 40°C or higher (preferably 120 to 200°C), or may be a compound that is heated to 40°C or higher (preferably 120 to 200°C). ℃) compounds other than acidic compounds that generate bases.

本發明中,銨鹽是指由下述式(101)、或式(102)表示之銨陽離子與陰離子的鹽。陰離子可以經由共價鍵而與銨陽離子的任意一部分鍵結,亦可以於銨陽離子的分子外具有,於銨陽離子的分子外具有為較佳。此外,於銨陽離子的分子外具有陰離子是指,銨陽離子與陰離子未經由共價鍵而鍵結之情況。以下,將陽離子部的分子外的陰離子稱為抗衡陰離子。 [化學式21]上述式中,R1 ~R6 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烴基,式R7 表示烴基。R1 與R2 、R3 與R4 、R5 與R6 、R5 與R7 可以分別鍵結而形成環。In the present invention, the ammonium salt refers to a salt of an ammonium cation and anion represented by the following formula (101) or formula (102). The anion may be bonded to any part of the ammonium cation via a covalent bond, or may be present outside the molecule of the ammonium cation, preferably outside the molecule of the ammonium cation. In addition, having an anion outside the molecule of the ammonium cation means that the ammonium cation and the anion are not bonded through a covalent bond. Hereinafter, the extramolecular anion in the cation part is called a counteranion. [Chemical formula 21] In the above formula, R 1 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and R 7 in the formula represents a hydrocarbon group. R 1 and R 2 , R 3 and R 4 , R 5 and R 6 , and R 5 and R 7 may be bonded respectively to form a ring.

本發明中,銨鹽具有pKa1為0~4的陰離子和銨陽離子為較佳。陰離子的pKa1的上限是3.5以下為更佳,3.2以下為進一步較佳。下限是0.5以上為更佳,1.0以上為進一步較佳。若陰離子的pKa1為上述範圍,則能夠於低溫下使聚醯亞胺前驅物等環化,進而能夠提高樹脂組成物的穩定性。若pKa1為4以下,則熱鹼產生劑的穩定性良好,能夠抑制未加熱而產生鹼之情況,且樹脂組成物的穩定性良好。若pKa1為0以上,則所產生之鹼不易中和,且聚醯亞胺前驅物等的環化效率良好。 陰離子的種類是選自羧酸根陰離子、苯酚陰離子、磷酸根陰離子及硫酸根陰離子中之一種為較佳,從兼備鹽的穩定性和熱分解性之理由考慮,羧酸根陰離子為更佳。亦即,銨鹽是銨陽離子與羧酸根陰離子的鹽為更佳。 羧酸根陰離子是具有兩個以上的羧基的2價以上的羧酸的陰離子為較佳,2價羧酸的陰離子為更佳。依該態樣,能夠設為能夠進一步提高樹脂組成物的穩定性、硬化性及顯影性之熱鹼產生劑。尤其,藉由使用2價羧酸的陰離子,能夠進一步提高樹脂組成物的穩定性、硬化性及顯影性。 本發明中,羧酸根陰離子是pKa1為4以下的羧酸的陰離子為較佳。pKa1是3.5以下為更佳,3.2以下為進一步較佳。依該態樣,能夠進一步提高樹脂組成物的穩定性。 其中,pKa1表示酸的第一解離常數的倒數的對數,且能夠參閱Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods(有機結構的物理鑑定法)(著者:Brown, H. C., McDaniel, D. H., Hafliger, O., Nachod, F. C.; 編輯:Braude, E. A., Nachod, F. C.;Academic Press, New York, 1955)、Data for Biochemical Research(有機結構的物理鑑定法)(著者:Dawson, R.M.C.et al;Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1959)中所記載之值。關於未記載於該些文獻中之化合物,使用利用ACD/pKa(ACD/Labs製)的軟體並依結構式所計算出之值。In the present invention, the ammonium salt preferably has an anion and an ammonium cation with pKa1 of 0 to 4. The upper limit of the pKa1 of the anion is more preferably 3.5 or less, and still more preferably 3.2 or less. A lower limit of 0.5 or more is more preferable, and a lower limit of 1.0 or more is still more preferable. If the pKa1 of the anion is in the above range, the polyimide precursor or the like can be cyclized at low temperature, thereby improving the stability of the resin composition. When pKa1 is 4 or less, the stability of the thermal base generator is good, generation of alkali without heating can be suppressed, and the stability of the resin composition is good. If pKa1 is 0 or more, the generated base will not be easily neutralized, and the cyclization efficiency of the polyimide precursor or the like will be good. The type of anion is preferably one selected from the group consisting of carboxylate anions, phenol anions, phosphate anions, and sulfate anions, and carboxylate anions are more preferred because they have both stability and thermal decomposability of salts. That is, the ammonium salt is more preferably a salt of ammonium cation and carboxylate anion. The carboxylate anion is preferably an anion of a divalent or higher carboxylic acid having two or more carboxyl groups, more preferably an anion of a divalent carboxylic acid. According to this aspect, it can be a thermal base generator that can further improve the stability, curability and developability of the resin composition. In particular, by using an anion of a divalent carboxylic acid, the stability, curability, and developability of the resin composition can be further improved. In the present invention, the carboxylate anion is preferably an anion of a carboxylic acid having a pKa1 of 4 or less. It is more preferable that pKa1 is 3.5 or less, and it is further more preferable that it is 3.2 or less. According to this aspect, the stability of the resin composition can be further improved. Among them, pKa1 represents the logarithm of the reciprocal of the first dissociation constant of the acid, and can be referred to Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods (authors: Brown, H. C., McDaniel, D. H., Hafliger, O., Nachod , F. C.; Editors: Braude, E. A., Nachod, F. C.; Academic Press, New York, 1955), Data for Biochemical Research (Physical Identification of Organic Structures) (Authors: Dawson, R.M.C. et al; Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1959) The value recorded in . For compounds not described in these documents, values calculated based on structural formulas using software ACD/pKa (manufactured by ACD/Labs) were used.

本發明中,羧酸根陰離子由下述式(X1)表示為較佳。 [化學式22]式(X1)中,EWG表示吸電子基。In the present invention, the carboxylate anion is preferably represented by the following formula (X1). [Chemical formula 22] In formula (X1), EWG represents an electron-withdrawing group.

本發明中,吸電子基是指,哈米特(Hammett)的取代基常數σm表示正值者。其中,σm於都野雄甫的總論、「有機合成化學協會誌」第23卷第8號(1965)P.631-642中有詳細說明。此外,本發明的吸電子基並不限定於上述文獻中所記載之取代基。 作為σm表示正值之取代基的例,例如可列舉CF3 基(σm=0.43)、CF3 CO基(σm=0.63)、HC≡C基(σm=0.21)、CH2 =CH基(σm=0.06)、Ac基(σm=0.38)、MeOCO基(σm=0.37)、MeCOCH=CH基(σm=0.21)、PhCO基(σm=0.34)、H2 NCOCH2 基(σm=0.06)等。此外,Me表示甲基,Ac表示乙醯基,Ph表示苯基。In the present invention, the electron-withdrawing group refers to one in which Hammett's substituent constant σm represents a positive value. Among them, σm is described in detail in Yuhio Tsuno's general introduction, "Journal of the Society of Synthetic Organic Chemistry", Volume 23, No. 8 (1965), P. 631-642. In addition, the electron-withdrawing group of the present invention is not limited to the substituents described in the above-mentioned documents. Examples of substituents in which σm represents a positive value include a CF 3 group (σm=0.43), a CF 3 CO group (σm=0.63), a HC≡C group (σm=0.21), and a CH 2 =CH group (σm =0.06), Ac group (σm=0.38), MeOCO group (σm=0.37), MeCOCH=CH group (σm=0.21), PhCO group (σm=0.34), H 2 NCOCH 2 group (σm=0.06), etc. In addition, Me represents a methyl group, Ac represents an acetyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.

本發明中,EWG是由下述式(EWG-1)~(EWG-6)表示之基團為較佳。 [化學式23]式中,Rx1 ~Rx3 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、羥基或羧基,Ar表示芳基。 烷基的碳數是1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳。烷基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或分支為較佳,直鏈為更佳。烷基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉以可以具有由後述A1 表示之有機基之取代基進行說明者。作為取代基,羧基為較佳。 烯基的碳數是2~30為較佳,2~20為更佳,2~10為進一步較佳。烯基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或分支為較佳,直鏈為更佳。烯基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉以可以具有由後述A1 表示之有機基之取代基進行說明者。作為取代基,羧基為較佳。 芳基的碳數是6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。芳基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉以可以具有由後述A1 表示之有機基之取代基進行說明者。作為取代基,羧基為較佳。In the present invention, EWG is preferably a group represented by the following formulas (EWG-1) to (EWG-6). [Chemical formula 23] In the formula, R x1 to R x3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group, and Ar represents an aryl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and still more preferably 1 to 10. The alkyl group may be any one of straight chain, branched, or cyclic. Straight chain or branched is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include substituents that may have an organic group represented by A 1 described below. As a substituent, a carboxyl group is preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20, and still more preferably 2 to 10. The alkenyl group may be straight chain, branched, or cyclic. Straight chain or branched is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The alkenyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include substituents that may have an organic group represented by A 1 described below. As a substituent, a carboxyl group is preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and further preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include substituents that may have an organic group represented by A 1 described below. As a substituent, a carboxyl group is preferred.

本發明中,羧酸根陰離子是由下述式(X)表示者亦為較佳。 [化學式24]式(X)中,L10 表示單鍵或選自伸烷基、伸烯基、伸芳基、-NRX -及它們的組合中之2價連結基,RX 表示氫原子、烷基、烯基或芳基。In the present invention, the carboxylate anion is preferably represented by the following formula (X). [Chemical formula 24] In the formula (X), L 10 represents a single bond or a divalent connecting group selected from an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an aryl group, -NR alkenyl or aryl.

由L10 表示之伸烷基的碳數是1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳。伸烷基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或分支為較佳,直鏈為更佳。伸烷基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉以可以具有由後述A1 表示之有機基之取代基進行說明者。 由L10 表示之伸烯基的碳數是2~30為較佳,2~20為更佳,2~10為進一步較佳。伸烯基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或分支為較佳,直鏈為更佳。伸烯基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉以可以具有由後述A1 表示之有機基之取代基進行說明者。 由L10 表示之伸芳基的碳數是6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。伸芳基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉以可以具有由後述A1 表示之有機基之取代基進行說明者。The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by L 10 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and further preferably 1 to 10. The alkylene group may be straight chain, branched, or cyclic. Straight chain or branched is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The alkylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include substituents that may have an organic group represented by A 1 described below. The carbon number of the alkenylene group represented by L 10 is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20, and still more preferably 2 to 10. The alkenylene group may be straight chain, branched, or cyclic. Straight chain or branched is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The alkenylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include substituents that may have an organic group represented by A 1 described below. The carbon number of the aryl group represented by L 10 is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and further preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include substituents that may have an organic group represented by A 1 described below.

由RX 表示之烷基的碳數是1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳。烷基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或分支為較佳,直鏈為更佳。烷基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉以可以具有由後述A1 表示之有機基之取代基進行說明者。 由RX 表示之烯基的碳數是2~30為較佳,2~20為更佳,2~10為進一步較佳。烯基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或分支為較佳,直鏈為更佳。烯基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉以可以具有由後述A1 表示之有機基之取代基進行說明者。 由RX 表示之芳基的碳數是6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。芳基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉以可以具有由後述A1 表示之有機基之取代基進行說明者。The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R The alkyl group may be any one of straight chain, branched, or cyclic. Straight chain or branched is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include substituents that may have an organic group represented by A 1 described below. The number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group represented by R The alkenyl group may be straight chain, branched, or cyclic. Straight chain or branched is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The alkenyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include substituents that may have an organic group represented by A 1 described below. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include substituents that may have an organic group represented by A 1 described below.

作為羧酸根陰離子的具體例,可列舉馬來酸根陰離子、鄰苯二甲酸根陰離子、N-苯基亞胺基二乙酸根陰離子及草酸根陰離子。能夠較佳地使用該些。Specific examples of carboxylate anions include maleate anions, phthalate anions, N-phenyliminodiacetate anions, and oxalate anions. These can be used better.

銨陽離子由下述通式(Y1-1)~(Y1-6)中的任一個表示為較佳。 [化學式25] The ammonium cation is preferably represented by any one of the following general formulas (Y1-1) to (Y1-6). [Chemical formula 25]

於上述通式中,R101 表示n價有機基, R102 ~R111 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烴基, R150 及R151 分別獨立地表示烴基, R104 與R105 、R104 與R150 、R107 與R108 及R109 與R110 可以彼此鍵結而形成環, Ar101 及Ar102 分別獨立地表示芳基, n表示1以上的整數, m表示0~5的整數。In the above general formula, R 101 represents an n-valent organic group, R 102 to R 111 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, R 150 and R 151 each independently represents a hydrocarbon group, R 104 and R 105 , R 104 and R 150 , R 107 and R 108 and R 109 and R 110 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, Ar 101 and Ar 102 each independently represent an aryl group, n represents an integer of 1 or more, and m represents an integer of 0 to 5.

R101 表示n價有機基。作為1價有機基,可列舉烷基、伸烷基、芳基等。作為2價以上的有機基,可列舉自1價的有機基中去除一個以上的氫原子而成為n價的基者。 R101 是芳基為較佳。作為芳基的具體例,可列舉以後述Ar10 進行說明者。R 101 represents an n-valent organic group. Examples of the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group, an alkylene group, an aryl group, and the like. Examples of the divalent or higher organic group include those in which one or more hydrogen atoms are removed from a monovalent organic group and become an n-valent group. R 101 is preferably an aryl group. Specific examples of the aryl group include those described below with Ar 10 .

R102 ~R111 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烴基,R150 及R151 分別獨立地表示烴基。 作為由R102 ~R111 、R150 及R151 表示之烴基,烷基、烯基或芳基為較佳。烷基、烯基及芳基還可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可列舉以可以具有由後述A1 表示之有機基之取代基進行說明者。R 102 to R 111 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and R 150 and R 151 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group. As the hydrocarbon group represented by R 102 to R 111 , R 150 and R 151 , an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aryl group is preferred. The alkyl group, alkenyl group and aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include substituents that may have an organic group represented by A 1 described below.

烷基的碳數是1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳。烷基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或分支為較佳,直鏈為更佳。烷基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。 烯基的碳數是2~30為較佳,2~20為更佳,2~10為進一步較佳。烯基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或分支為較佳,直鏈為更佳。烯基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。 芳基的碳數是6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。芳基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and still more preferably 1 to 10. The alkyl group may be any one of straight chain, branched, or cyclic. Straight chain or branched is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. The number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20, and still more preferably 2 to 10. The alkenyl group may be straight chain, branched, or cyclic. Straight chain or branched is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The alkenyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and further preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.

Ar101 及Ar102 分別獨立地表示芳基。 芳基的碳數是6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。芳基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。Ar 101 and Ar 102 each independently represent an aryl group. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and further preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.

R104 與R105 、R104 與R150 、R107 與R108 及R109 與R110 可以彼此鍵結而形成環。作為環,可列舉脂肪族環(非芳香性烴環)、芳香環、雜環等。環可以是單環,亦可以是多環。作為由上述基團鍵結而形成環時的連結基,可列舉選自包含-CO-、-O-、-NH-、2價脂肪族基、2價芳基及它們的組合之組中之2價連結基。作為所形成之環的具體例,例如可列舉吡咯啶環、吡咯環、哌啶環、吡啶環、咪唑環、吡唑環、噁唑環、噻唑環、吡嗪環、嗎啉環、噻嗪環、吲哚環、異吲哚環、苯并咪唑環、嘌呤環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、喹噁啉環、噌啉環、咔唑環等。R 104 and R 105 , R 104 and R 150 , R 107 and R 108 , and R 109 and R 110 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the ring include aliphatic rings (non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings), aromatic rings, heterocyclic rings, and the like. The ring can be a single ring or multiple rings. Examples of the linking group when the above-mentioned groups are bonded to form a ring include -CO-, -O-, -NH-, divalent aliphatic groups, divalent aryl groups, and combinations thereof. 2 price link base. Specific examples of the ring formed include a pyrrolidine ring, a pyrrole ring, a piperidine ring, a pyridine ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyrazine ring, a morpholine ring, and a thiazine ring. ring, indole ring, isoindole ring, benzimidazole ring, purine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, quinoxaline ring, cinnoline ring, carbazole ring, etc.

本發明中,銨陽離子是由式(Y1-1)或式(Y1-2)表示之結構為較佳,由式(Y1-1)或式(Y1-2)表示,且R101 是芳基之結構為更佳,由式(Y1-1)表示,且R101 是芳基之結構為特佳。亦即,本發明中,銨陽離子由下述式(Y)表示為更佳。 [化學式26]式(Y)中,Ar10 表示芳香族基,R11 ~R15 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烴基,R14 與R15 可以彼此鍵結而形成環,n表示1以上的整數。In the present invention, the ammonium cation is preferably a structure represented by formula (Y1-1) or formula (Y1-2), represented by formula (Y1-1) or formula (Y1-2), and R 101 is an aryl group The structure represented by formula (Y1-1) is particularly preferred, and the structure in which R 101 is an aryl group is particularly preferred. That is, in the present invention, the ammonium cation is more preferably represented by the following formula (Y). [Chemical formula 26] In formula (Y), Ar 10 represents an aromatic group, R 11 to R 15 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, R 14 and R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and n represents an integer of 1 or more.

Ar10 表示芳香族基。作為芳香族基,具體而言,可列舉經取代或未經取代的苯環基、萘環基、戊搭烯環基、茚環基、薁環基、庚搭烯環基、茚烯環基、苝環基、稠五苯環基、苊烯環基、菲環基、蒽環基、稠四苯環基、䓛環基、三伸苯環基、茀環基、聯苯環基、吡咯環基、呋喃環基、噻吩環基、咪唑環基、噁唑環基、噻唑環基、吡啶環基、吡嗪環基、嘧啶環基、噠嗪環基、吲哚嗪環基、吲哚環基、苯并呋喃環基、苯并噻吩環基、異苯并呋喃環基、喹嗪環基、喹啉環基、酞嗪環基、萘啶環基、喹噁啉環基、喹噁唑啉環基、異喹啉環基、咔唑環基、啡啶環基、吖啶環基、啡啉環基、噻蒽環基、苯并吡喃環基、呫噸環基、啡噁噻環基、啡噻嗪環基及啡嗪環基。其中,從保存穩定性和高靈敏度化的觀點考慮,苯環基、萘環基、蒽環基、啡噻嗪環基或咔唑環基為較佳,苯環基或萘環基為最佳。 作為芳香族基可以具有之取代基的例,可列舉以可以具有由後述A1 表示之有機基之取代基進行說明者。Ar 10 represents an aromatic group. Specific examples of the aromatic group include substituted or unsubstituted phenyl ring group, naphthyl ring group, pentadienyl ring group, indenyl ring group, azurenyl ring group, heptapenyl ring group, and indenenyl ring group. , perylene ring base, fused pentaphenyl ring base, acenaphthylene ring base, phenanthrenyl ring base, anthracenyl ring base, fused tetraphenyl ring base, cyclohexyl ring base, triphenyl ring base, fluorenyl ring base, biphenyl ring base, pyrrole Ring group, furan ring group, thiophene ring group, imidazole ring group, oxazole ring group, thiazole ring group, pyridine ring group, pyrazine ring group, pyrimidine ring group, pyridazine ring group, indolazine ring group, indole Ring group, benzofuran ring group, benzothiophene ring group, isobenzofuran ring group, quinolazine ring group, quinoline ring group, phthalazine ring group, naphthyridine ring group, quinoxaline ring group, quinoxal Oxazoline ring base, isoquinoline ring base, carbazole ring base, phenanthridine ring base, acridine ring base, phenanthroline ring base, thianthrene ring base, benzopyran ring base, xanthene ring base, phenanthrene ring base thiophene ring group, phenylthiazine ring group and phenylthiazine ring group. Among them, from the viewpoint of storage stability and high sensitivity, a phenyl ring group, a naphthyl ring group, an anthracene ring group, a phenyl ring group or a carbazole ring group is preferred, and a phenyl ring group or a naphthyl ring group is the most preferred. . Examples of substituents that the aromatic group may have include substituents that may have an organic group represented by A 1 described below.

R11 及R12 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烴基。作為烴基,並無特別限定,烷基、烯基或芳基為較佳。 R11 及R12 是氫原子為較佳。R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. The hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aryl group is preferred. R 11 and R 12 are preferably hydrogen atoms.

烷基的碳數是1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳。烷基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀中的任一種。 作為直鏈或分支烷基,例如可列舉甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十二烷基、十四基、十八基、異丙基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、1-乙基戊基及2-乙基己基。 環狀烷基(環烷基)可以是單環環烷基,亦可以是多環環烷基。作為單環環烷基,例如可列舉環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基及環辛基。作為多環的環烷基,例如可列舉金剛烷基、降冰片基、冰片基、莰烯基(camphenyl)、十氫萘基、三環癸烷基、四環癸烷基、莰二醯基(camphoroyl)、二環己基及蒎烯基(pinenyl)。其中,從與高靈敏度化併存之觀點考慮,環己基為最佳。 烯基的碳數是2~30為較佳,2~20為更佳,2~10為進一步較佳。烯基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或分支為較佳,直鏈為更佳。 芳基的碳數是6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and still more preferably 1 to 10. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Examples of linear or branched alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, and Octyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, second butyl, third butyl, 1-ethylpentyl and 2-ethylhexyl. The cyclic alkyl group (cycloalkyl group) may be a single-ring cycloalkyl group or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group. Examples of the monocyclic cycloalkyl group include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl. Examples of the polycyclic cycloalkyl group include adamantyl, norbornyl, bornyl, camphenyl, decalinyl, tricyclodecyl, tetracyclodecyl, and camphenyl. (camphoroyl), dicyclohexyl and pinenyl (pinenyl). Among them, the cyclohexyl group is the best from the viewpoint of coexistence with high sensitivity. The number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20, and still more preferably 2 to 10. The alkenyl group may be straight chain, branched, or cyclic. Straight chain or branched is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and further preferably 6 to 12.

R13 ~R15 表示氫原子或烴基。 作為烴基,可列舉以上述R11 、R12 進行說明之烴基。R13 ~R15 尤其是烷基為較佳,較佳的態樣亦與以R11 、R12 進行說明者相同。R 13 to R 15 represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include the hydrocarbon groups described above with R 11 and R 12 . R 13 to R 15 are particularly preferably alkyl groups, and preferred aspects are the same as those described with R 11 and R 12 .

R14 與R15 可以彼此鍵結而形成環。作為環,可列舉環狀脂肪族(非芳香性烴環)、芳香環、雜環等。環可以是單環,亦可以是多環。作為R14 與R15 鍵結而形成環時的連結基,可列舉選自包括-CO-、-O-、-NH-、2價脂肪族基、2價芳香族基及它們的組合之組中之2價連結基。作為所形成之環的具體例,例如可列舉吡咯啶環、吡咯環、哌啶環、吡啶環、咪唑環、吡唑環、噁唑環、噻唑環、吡嗪環、嗎啉環、噻嗪環、吲哚環、異吲哚環、苯并咪唑環、嘌呤環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、喹噁啉環、噌啉環、咔唑環等。R 14 and R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the ring include cyclic aliphatic (non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring), aromatic ring, heterocyclic ring, and the like. The ring can be a single ring or multiple rings. Examples of the linking group when R 14 and R 15 are bonded to form a ring include -CO-, -O-, -NH-, divalent aliphatic groups, divalent aromatic groups, and combinations thereof. Among them, there are 2 price connecting bases. Specific examples of the ring formed include a pyrrolidine ring, a pyrrole ring, a piperidine ring, a pyridine ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyrazine ring, a morpholine ring, and a thiazine ring. ring, indole ring, isoindole ring, benzimidazole ring, purine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, quinoxaline ring, cinnoline ring, carbazole ring, etc.

R13 ~R15 中,R14 與R15 彼此鍵結而形成環,或者R13 為碳數5~30(更佳為碳數6~18)的直鏈烷基,R14 及R15 分別獨立地是碳數1~3(更佳為碳數1或2)的烷基為較佳。依該態樣,能夠輕鬆地產生沸點高的胺種。 又,從所產生之胺種的鹼性或沸點的觀點考慮、R13 、R14 及R15 的碳原子的總數是7~30為較佳,10~20為更佳。 又,從容易產生沸點高的胺種之理由考慮,式(Y)中的「-NR13 R14 R15 」的化學式量是80~2000為較佳,100~500為更佳。Among R 13 to R 15 , R 14 and R 15 are bonded to each other to form a ring, or R 13 is a linear alkyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms (more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms), and R 14 and R 15 are respectively It is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms (more preferably 1 or 2 carbon atoms). According to this aspect, amine species with a high boiling point can be easily generated. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the basicity or boiling point of the amine species produced, the total number of carbon atoms of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 is preferably 7 to 30, and more preferably 10 to 20. In addition, since amine species with high boiling points are easily generated, the chemical formula weight of "-NR 13 R 14 R 15 " in formula (Y) is preferably 80 to 2000, and more preferably 100 to 500.

又,作為用於進一步提高與銅等的金屬層的黏合性之實施形態,可列舉於式(Y)中,R13 及R14 為甲基或乙基,R15 為碳數5以上的直鏈、分支或環狀烷基,為芳基之形態。R13 及R14 為甲基,R15 為碳數5~20的直鏈烷基、碳數6~17的分支烷基、碳數6~10的環狀烷基或苯基為較佳,R13 及R14 為甲基,R15 為碳數5~10的直鏈烷基、碳數6~10的分支烷基、碳數6~8的環狀烷基或苯基為更佳。藉由如此降低胺種的疏水性,即使將胺黏附於銅等金屬層上之情況下,亦能夠提高金屬層與聚醯亞胺等的親和性。In addition, as an embodiment for further improving the adhesion with a metal layer such as copper, formula (Y) can be cited, in which R 13 and R 14 are methyl or ethyl, and R 15 is a straight line having 5 or more carbon atoms. Chain, branched or cyclic alkyl group, in the form of aryl group. R 13 and R 14 are methyl groups, and R 15 is preferably a linear alkyl group with 5 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group with 6 to 17 carbon atoms, a cyclic alkyl group with 6 to 10 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group. R 13 and R 14 are methyl groups, and R 15 is more preferably a linear alkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, a cyclic alkyl group having 6 to 8 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group. By thus reducing the hydrophobicity of the amine species, even when the amine is adhered to a metal layer such as copper, the affinity between the metal layer and polyimide or the like can be improved.

本發明中,酸性化合物是由下述式(A1)表示之化合物亦為較佳。該化合物於室溫下為酸性,且藉由加熱而羧基會脫碳酸或脱水環化而消失,藉此,之前得到中和而鈍化之胺部位變成活性,由此變成鹼性。以下,對式(A1)進行說明。In the present invention, the acidic compound is also preferably a compound represented by the following formula (A1). The compound is acidic at room temperature, and upon heating, the carboxyl group disappears through decarbonation or dehydration cyclization, whereby the previously neutralized and passivated amine site becomes active and thus becomes alkaline. Formula (A1) will be explained below.

式(A1) [化學式27]於式(A1)中,A1 表示p價有機基,R1 表示1價有機基,L1 表示(m+1)價連結基,m表示1以上的整數,p表示1以上的整數。Formula (A1) [Chemical Formula 27] In formula (A1), A 1 represents a p-valent organic group, R 1 represents a monovalent organic group, L 1 represents a (m+1)-valent linking group, m represents an integer of 1 or more, and p represents an integer of 1 or more.

式(A1)中,A1 表示p價有機基。作為有機基,可列舉脂肪族基、芳香族基等,芳香族基為較佳。藉由將A1 設為芳香族基,能夠輕鬆地於更低的溫度下產生沸點高的鹼。藉由提高所產生之鹼的沸點,能夠抑制聚醯亞胺前驅物於硬化時因加熱而揮發或分解,且更加有效地進行聚醯亞胺前驅物的環化。 作為1價脂肪族基,例如可列舉烷基、烯基等。 烷基的碳數是1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳。烷基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀中的任一種。烷基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為烷基的具體例,可列舉甲基、乙基、第三丁基、十二烷基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基、金剛烷基等。 烯基的碳數是2~30為較佳,2~20為更佳,2~10為進一步較佳。烯基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀中的任一種。烯基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為烯基,可列舉乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基等。 作為2價以上的脂肪族基,可列舉從上述1價脂肪族基去除一個氫原子而成之基團。 芳香族基可以是單環,亦可以是多環。芳香族基可以是包含雜原子之芳香族雜環基。芳香族基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。未經取代為較佳。作為芳香族基的具體例,可列舉苯環基、萘環基、戊搭烯環基、茚環基、薁環基、庚搭烯環基、茚烯環基、苝環基、稠五苯環基、苊烯環基、菲環基、蒽環基、稠四苯環基、䓛環基、三伸苯環基、茀環基、聯苯環基、吡咯環基、呋喃環基、噻吩環基、咪唑環基、噁唑環基、噻唑環基、吡啶環基、吡嗪環基、嘧啶環基、噠嗪環基、吲哚嗪環基、吲哚環基、苯并呋喃環基、苯并噻吩環基、異苯并呋喃環基、喹嗪環基、喹啉環基、酞嗪環基、萘啶環基、喹噁啉環基、喹噁唑啉環基、異喹啉環基、咔唑環基、啡啶環基、吖啶環基、啡啉環基、噻蒽環基、苯并吡喃環基、呫噸環基、啡噁噻環基、啡噻嗪環基及啡嗪環基,苯環基為最佳。 芳香族基還可以使複數個芳香環經由單鍵或後述的連結基而連結。作為連結基,例如伸烷基為較佳。伸烷基為直鏈、分支中的任一種亦為較佳。作為由複數個芳香環經由單鍵或連結基而連結之基團的具體例,可列舉聯苯基、二苯基甲烷基、二苯基丙烷基、二苯基異丙烷基、三苯基甲烷基、四苯基甲烷基等。In formula (A1), A 1 represents a p-valent organic group. Examples of the organic group include aliphatic groups, aromatic groups, etc., with aromatic groups being preferred. By using A 1 as an aromatic group, a base with a high boiling point can be easily generated at a lower temperature. By raising the boiling point of the generated base, the volatilization or decomposition of the polyimide precursor due to heating during hardening can be suppressed, and the cyclization of the polyimide precursor can be performed more effectively. Examples of the monovalent aliphatic group include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and the like. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and still more preferably 1 to 10. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, tert-butyl, dodecyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, adamantyl, and the like. The number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20, and still more preferably 2 to 10. The alkenyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkenyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the alkenyl group include vinyl, (meth)allyl, and the like. Examples of the bivalent or higher aliphatic group include a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the above-mentioned monovalent aliphatic group. The aromatic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The aromatic group may be an aromatic heterocyclic group containing heteroatoms. The aromatic group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Unsubstituted is better. Specific examples of the aromatic group include a benzene ring group, a naphthyl ring group, a pentenyl ring group, an indenyl ring group, an azulenyl ring group, a heptadenyl ring group, an indenyl ring group, a perylene ring group, and a fused pentaphenyl group. Ring group, acenaphthylene ring group, phenanthrenyl ring group, anthracenyl ring group, fused tetraphenyl ring group, cyclohexanyl ring group, triphenyl ring group, fluorenyl ring group, biphenyl ring group, pyrrole ring group, furan ring group, thiophene Ring group, imidazole ring group, oxazole ring group, thiazole ring group, pyridine ring group, pyrazine ring group, pyrimidine ring group, pyridazine ring group, indolazine ring group, indole ring group, benzofuran ring group , benzothiophene ring group, isobenzofuran ring group, quinozine ring group, quinoline ring group, phthalazine ring group, naphthyridine ring group, quinoxaline ring group, quinoxazoline ring group, isoquinoline Ring group, carbazole ring group, phenanthridine ring group, acridine ring group, phenanthroline ring group, thianthranyl ring group, benzopyran ring group, xanthene ring group, phenanthiazide ring group base and phenanthroline ring group, phenyl ring group is the best. The aromatic group may connect a plurality of aromatic rings via a single bond or a connecting group described below. As a linking group, an alkylene group is preferable, for example. It is also preferred that the alkylene group is either linear or branched. Specific examples of groups in which a plurality of aromatic rings are connected via single bonds or connecting groups include biphenyl, diphenylmethane, diphenylpropanyl, diphenylisopropyl, and triphenylmethane. base, tetraphenylmethyl, etc.

作為可以具有由A1 表示之有機基之取代基的例,例如可列舉氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子等鹵素原子;甲氧基、乙氧基及第三丁氧基等烷氧基;苯氧基及對甲苯氧基等芳氧基;甲氧基羰基及丁氧基羰基等烷氧基羰基;苯氧基羰基等芳氧基羰基;乙醯氧基、丙醯氧基及苯甲醯氧基等醯氧基;乙醯基、苯甲醯基、異丁醯基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基及甲氧草醯基等醯基;甲基巰基及第三丁基巰基等烷基巰基;苯基巰基及對甲苯基巰基等芳基巰基;甲基、乙基、第三丁基及十二烷基等烷基;氟化烷基等鹵化烷基;環戊基、環己基、環庚基及金剛烷基等環烷基;苯基、對甲苯基、二甲苯基、枯烯基、萘基、蒽基及菲基等芳基;羥基;羧基;甲醯基;磺基;氰基;烷基胺基羰基;芳基胺基羰基;磺醯胺基;矽烷基;胺基;單烷基胺基;二烷基胺基;芳基胺基;二芳基胺基;硫氧基;或它們的組合。Examples of the substituent that may have the organic group represented by A 1 include halogen atoms such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom; alkoxy groups such as methoxy group, ethoxy group and tert-butoxy group aryloxy groups such as phenoxy and p-tolyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methoxycarbonyl and butoxycarbonyl; aryloxycarbonyl groups such as phenoxycarbonyl; acetyloxy, propyloxy and Benzyloxy and other acyloxy groups; acetyl, benzoyl, isobutyl, acrylic, methacrylyl and methoxyl ethyl groups; methylmercapto and tert-butylmercapto Alkyl mercapto groups; aryl mercapto groups such as phenyl mercapto and p-tolyl mercapto groups; alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, tert-butyl and dodecyl groups; halogenated alkyl groups such as fluorinated alkyl groups; cyclopentyl, Cycloalkyl groups such as cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and adamantyl; aryl groups such as phenyl, p-tolyl, xylyl, cumenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl and phenanthrenyl; hydroxyl; carboxyl; formyl; Sulfo; cyano; alkylaminocarbonyl; arylaminecarbonyl; sulfonamide; silyl; amine; monoalkylamino; dialkylamino; arylamine; diarylamine group; sulfoxy group; or a combination thereof.

L1 表示(m+1)價連結基。作為連結基,並無特別限定,能夠列舉-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO2 -、伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~10的直鏈或分支伸烷基)、伸環烷基(較佳為碳數3~10的伸環烷基)、伸烯基(較佳為碳數210的直鏈或分支伸烯基)或將它們連結複數個而成之連結基等。連結基的總碳數是3以下為較佳。連結基是伸烷基、伸環烷基、伸烯基為較佳,直鏈或分支伸烷基為更佳,直鏈伸烷基為進一步較佳,伸乙基或亞甲基為特佳,亞甲基為最佳。L 1 represents the (m+1) valence linking base. The connecting group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include -COO-, -OCO-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, and an alkylene group (preferably a carbon number of 1 ~10 linear or branched alkenyl group), cycloalkyl group (preferably a cycloalkylene group with 3 to 10 carbon atoms), alkenyl group (preferably a linear or branched alkenyl group with 210 carbon atoms) ) or a connecting base formed by connecting a plurality of them. The total carbon number of the connecting group is preferably 3 or less. The linking group is preferably an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group or an alkenylene group, more preferably a linear or branched alkylene group, further preferably a straight chain alkylene group, and particularly preferably an ethyl or methylene group. , methylene is the best.

R1 表示1價有機基。作為1價有機基,可列舉脂肪族基、芳香族基等。關於脂肪族基、芳香族基,可列舉以上述A1 進行說明者。由R1 表示之1價有機基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可列舉上述者。 R1 是具有羧基之基團為較佳。亦即,R1 是由下述式表示之基團為較佳。 -L2 -(COOH)n 式中,L2 表示(n+1)價連結基,n表示1以上的整數。 關於由L2 表示之連結基,可列舉以上述L1 進行說明之基團,較佳範圍亦相同,伸乙基或亞甲基為特佳,亞甲基為最佳。 n表示1以上的整數,1或2為較佳,1為更佳。n的上限是由L2 表示之連結基可採用之取代基的最大數。若n為1,則藉由200℃以下的加熱,容易產生沸點高的3級胺。進而,能夠提高樹脂組成物的穩定性。R 1 represents a monovalent organic group. Examples of monovalent organic groups include aliphatic groups, aromatic groups, and the like. Examples of the aliphatic group and aromatic group include those described with the above A1 . The monovalent organic group represented by R 1 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include those mentioned above. R 1 is preferably a group having a carboxyl group. That is, R 1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula. -L 2 -(COOH) n In the formula, L 2 represents a (n+1)-valent linking group, and n represents an integer of 1 or more. Examples of the linking group represented by L 2 include the groups described with L 1 above, and the preferable ranges are also the same. Ethylene or methylene is particularly preferred, and methylene is the most preferred. n represents an integer of 1 or more, 1 or 2 is preferred, and 1 is more preferred. The upper limit of n is the maximum number of substituents that can be employed on the linking group represented by L2 . If n is 1, a tertiary amine with a high boiling point is likely to be generated by heating at 200°C or lower. Furthermore, the stability of the resin composition can be improved.

m表示1以上的整數,1或2為較佳,1為更佳。m的上限是由L1 表示之連結基可採用之取代基的最大數。若m為1,則藉由200℃以下的加熱,容易產生沸點高的3級胺。進而,能夠提高樹脂組成物的穩定性。 p表示1以上的整數,1或2為較佳,1為更佳。p的上限是由A1 表示之有機基可採用之取代基的最大數。若p為1,則藉由200℃以下的加熱,容易產生沸點高的3級胺。m represents an integer above 1, 1 or 2 is preferred, and 1 is more preferred. The upper limit of m is the maximum number of substituents that can be employed in the linking group represented by L 1 . If m is 1, a tertiary amine with a high boiling point is likely to be generated by heating at 200°C or lower. Furthermore, the stability of the resin composition can be improved. p represents an integer above 1, 1 or 2 is preferred, and 1 is more preferred. The upper limit of p is the maximum number of substituents that can be adopted by the organic group represented by A 1 . If p is 1, a tertiary amine with a high boiling point is likely to be generated by heating at 200°C or lower.

本發明中,式(A1)表示之化合物是下述式(1a)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式28]式(1a)中,A1 表示p價有機基,L1 表示(m+1)價連結基,L2 表示(n+1)價連結基,m表示1以上的整數,n表示1以上的整數,p表示1以上的整數。 通式(1a)的A1 、L1 、L2 、m、n及p的定義與以通式(A1)進行說明之範圍相同,較佳範圍亦相同。In the present invention, the compound represented by formula (A1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1a). [Chemical formula 28] In formula (1a), A 1 represents a p-valent organic group, L 1 represents a (m+1)-valent linking group, L 2 represents an (n+1)-valent linking group, m represents an integer of 1 or more, and n represents an integer of 1 or more. Integer, p represents an integer above 1. The definitions of A 1 , L 1 , L 2 , m, n, and p in the general formula (1a) are the same as those described in the general formula (A1), and the preferred ranges are also the same.

本發明中,由式(A1)表示之化合物是N-芳基亞胺基二乙酸為較佳。N-芳基亞胺基二乙酸是通式(A1)中的A1 為芳香族基,L1 及L2 為亞甲基,m為1,n為1,p為1之化合物。N-芳基亞胺基二乙酸於120~200℃下,容易產生沸點高的3級胺。In the present invention, the compound represented by formula (A1) is preferably N-aryliminodiacetic acid. N-aryliminodiacetic acid is a compound in the general formula (A1) in which A 1 is an aromatic group, L 1 and L 2 are methylene groups, m is 1, n is 1, and p is 1. N-aryliminodiacetic acid easily produces tertiary amines with high boiling points at temperatures between 120 and 200°C.

以下,記載熱鹼產生劑的具體例,但本發明並不限定於此。該些可以能夠分別單獨使用或混合使用兩種以上。以下 式中的Me表示甲基。以下所示之化合物中的(A-1)~(A-11)、(A-18)、(A-19)是由上述式(A1)表示之化合物。以下所示之化合物中,(A-1)~(A-11)、(A-18)~(A-26)為更佳,(A-1)~(A-9)、(A-18)~(A-21)、(A-23)、(A-24)為進一步較佳。Specific examples of the thermal base generator are described below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. These may be used individually or in mixture of two or more types. Me in the following formula represents a methyl group. Among the compounds shown below, (A-1) to (A-11), (A-18), and (A-19) are compounds represented by the above formula (A1). Among the compounds shown below, (A-1) to (A-11) and (A-18) to (A-26) are more preferred, and (A-1) to (A-9) and (A-18 ) to (A-21), (A-23), and (A-24) are further preferred.

[表1] [Table 1]

[表2][表3][表4] [表5] [Table 2] [table 3] [Table 4] [table 5]

作為本發明中所使用之熱鹼產生劑,還可較佳地使用日本專利申請2015-034388號說明書的0015~0055段中所記載之化合物,並將該些內容編入本說明書中。As the thermal base generator used in the present invention, the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0055 of Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-034388 can also be preferably used, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.

當使用熱鹼產生劑時,樹脂組成物中的熱鹼產生劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分是0.1~50質量%為較佳。下限是0.5質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限是30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。 熱鹼產生劑能夠使用一種或兩種以上。當使用兩種以上時,合計量是上述範圍為較佳。When a thermal base generator is used, the content of the thermal base generator in the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. It is more preferable that the lower limit is 0.5 mass % or more, and it is further more preferable that it is 1 mass % or more. It is more preferable that the upper limit is 30 mass % or less, and it is further more preferable that it is 20 mass % or less. One type or two or more types of thermal base generators can be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<熱自由基聚合起始劑>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物可以包含熱自由基聚合起始劑。作為熱自由基聚合起始劑,能夠使用公知的熱自由基聚合起始劑。熱自由基聚合起始劑是藉由熱能而產生自由基,且引發或促進聚合性化合物的聚合反應之化合物。藉由添加熱自由基聚合起始劑,於進行聚醯亞胺前驅物的環化反應時,能夠進行聚合性化合物等的聚合反應。又,當聚醯亞胺前驅物包含自由基聚合性基時,能夠與聚醯亞胺前驅物的環化同時進行聚醯亞胺前驅物的聚合反應,因此能夠實現更高的耐熱化。 作為熱自由基聚合起始劑,可列舉芳香族酮類、鎓鹽化合物、過氧化物、硫化合物、六芳基聯咪唑化合物、酮肟酯化合物、硼酸鹽化合物、吖嗪鎓化合物、茂金屬化合物、活性酯化合物、具有碳鹵素鍵之化合物、偶氮類化合物等。其中,過氧化物或偶氮類化合物為更佳,過氧化物為特佳。 本發明中所使用之熱自由基聚合起始劑的10小時半衰期溫度是90~130℃為較佳,100~120℃為更佳。 具體而言,可列舉日本特開2008-63554號公報的0074~0118段中所記載之化合物。 市售品中,能夠較佳地使用PERBUTYL Z及PERCUMYL D(NOF CORPORATION.製)。<<Thermal radical polymerization initiator>> The resin composition in the present invention may contain a thermal radical polymerization initiator. As the thermal radical polymerization initiator, a known thermal radical polymerization initiator can be used. Thermal radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates free radicals by thermal energy and initiates or promotes the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound. By adding a thermal radical polymerization initiator, when the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor is carried out, the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound and the like can proceed. Furthermore, when the polyimide precursor contains a radically polymerizable group, the polymerization reaction of the polyimide precursor can be performed simultaneously with the cyclization of the polyimide precursor, so that higher heat resistance can be achieved. Examples of thermal radical polymerization initiators include aromatic ketones, onium salt compounds, peroxides, sulfur compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, ketoxime ester compounds, borate compounds, azinium compounds, and metallocenes. Compounds, active ester compounds, compounds with carbon-halogen bonds, azo compounds, etc. Among them, peroxides or azo compounds are more preferred, and peroxides are particularly preferred. The 10-hour half-life temperature of the thermal radical polymerization initiator used in the present invention is preferably 90 to 130°C, and more preferably 100 to 120°C. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-63554. Among commercially available products, PERBUTYL Z and PERCUMYL D (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION.) can be preferably used.

當樹脂組成物含有熱自由基聚合起始劑時,熱自由基聚合起始劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分是0.1~50質量%為較佳,0.1~30質量%為更佳,0.1~20質量%為特佳。又,相對於聚合性化合物100質量份,包含0.1~50質量份的熱自由基聚合起始劑為較佳,包含0.5~30質量份為更佳。依該態樣,容易形成耐熱性更優異之硬化膜。熱自由基聚合起始劑可以是僅一種,亦可以是兩種以上。當熱自由基聚合起始劑為兩種以上時,其合計是上述範圍為較佳。When the resin composition contains a thermal radical polymerization initiator, the content of the thermal radical polymerization initiator relative to the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 50 mass %, and more preferably 0.1 to 30 mass %. , 0.1 to 20% by mass is particularly preferred. Moreover, it is preferable to contain 0.1-50 mass parts of thermal radical polymerization initiators with respect to 100 mass parts of polymerizable compounds, and it is more preferable to contain 0.5-30 mass parts. According to this aspect, it is easy to form a cured film with more excellent heat resistance. The number of thermal radical polymerization initiators may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types of thermal radical polymerization initiators, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<防鏽劑>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物中含有防鏽劑為較佳。樹脂組成物包含防鏽劑,藉此能夠有效地抑制劑源自金屬層(金屬配線)的金屬離子向樹脂組成物層內移動。作為防鏽劑,能夠使用日本特開2013-15701號公報的0094段中所記載之防鏽劑、日本特開2009-283711號公報的0073~0076段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2011-59656號公報的0052段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2012-194520號公報的0114、0116及0118段中所記載之化合物等。具體而言,可列舉具有雜環(吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、噁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異噁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、噠嗪環、嘧啶環、吡嗪環、哌啶環、哌嗪環、嗎啉環、2H-吡喃環及6H-吡喃環、三嗪環)之化合物、具有硫脲類及巰基之化合物、受阻酚類化合物、水楊酸衍生物類化合物、醯肼衍生物類化合物。其中,三唑、苯并三唑等三唑類化合物、四唑、苯并四唑等四唑類化合物為較佳,1,2,4-三唑、1,2,3-苯并三唑、5-甲基-1H-苯并三唑、1H-四唑、5-甲基-1H-四唑、5-苯基-四唑為更佳,1H-四唑為最佳。作為市售品,可列舉KEMITEC BT-C(CHEMIPRO KASEI KAISHA, LTD製,1,2,3-苯并三唑)、1HT(TOYOBO CO., LTD.製,1H-四唑)、P5T(TOYOBO CO., LTD.製、5-苯基-四唑)等。又,使用KEMINOX 179(CHEMIPRO KASEI KAISHA, LTD製)亦為較佳。<<Anti-rust agent>> The resin composition in the present invention preferably contains an anti-rust agent. The resin composition contains a rust inhibitor, thereby effectively inhibiting metal ions originating from the metal layer (metal wiring) from moving into the resin composition layer. As the rust inhibitor, the rust inhibitor described in paragraph 0094 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-15701, the compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-283711, and the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011- Compounds described in Paragraph 0052 of Publication No. 59656, compounds described in Paragraphs 0114, 0116 and 0118 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-194520, etc. Specific examples include those having a heterocyclic ring (pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoxazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, Compounds containing oxazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, piperidine ring, piperazine ring, morpholine ring, 2H-pyran ring and 6H-pyran ring, triazine ring), compounds with thioureas and thiol groups, Hindered phenolic compounds, salicylic acid derivative compounds, hydrazine derivative compounds. Among them, triazole compounds such as triazole and benzotriazole, and tetrazole compounds such as tetrazole and benzotetrazole are preferred, and 1,2,4-triazole and 1,2,3-benzotriazole are preferred. , 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole, 1H-tetrazole, 5-methyl-1H-tetrazole, 5-phenyl-tetrazole are more preferred, and 1H-tetrazole is the best. Examples of commercially available products include KEMITEC BT-C (manufactured by CHEMIPRO KASEI KAISHA, LTD., 1,2,3-benzotriazole), 1HT (manufactured by TOYOBO CO., LTD., 1H-tetrazole), and P5T (TOYOBO CO., LTD., 5-phenyl-tetrazole), etc. In addition, it is also better to use KEMINOX 179 (manufactured by CHEMIPRO KASEI KAISHA, LTD).

當樹脂組成物含有防鏽劑時,防鏽劑的含量相對於樹脂100質量份是0.1~10質量份為較佳,0.2~5質量份為更佳。防鏽劑可以是僅一種,亦可以是兩種以上。當使用兩種以上時,其合計是上述範圍為較佳。When the resin composition contains a rust inhibitor, the content of the rust inhibitor is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.2 to 5 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the resin. There may be only one kind of anti-rust agent, or two or more kinds of anti-rust agents. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<溶劑>> 本發明中,當藉由塗佈而將樹脂組成物形成為層狀時,對樹脂組成物調合溶劑為較佳。作為溶劑,能夠任意使用公知的溶劑。例如,可列舉酯類、醚類、酮類、芳香族烴類、亞碸類等化合物。 作為酯類,例如進而較佳地列舉 乙酸乙酯、乙酸-正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如,烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等。 作為醚類,例如可較佳地列舉二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等。 作為酮類,例如可較佳地列舉甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等。 作為芳香族烴類,例如可較佳地列舉甲苯、二甲苯、苯甲醚、檸檬烯等。 作為亞碸類,可較佳地列舉二甲基亞碸。<<Solvent>> In the present invention, when the resin composition is formed into a layered form by coating, it is preferable to mix a solvent with the resin composition. As the solvent, any known solvent can be used. Examples include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, aromatic hydrocarbons, and sulfoxides. Examples of the esters preferably include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isopentyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, and ethyl butyrate. Butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxyacetate (e.g., methyl alkoxyacetate, alkoxy Ethyl acetate, butyl alkoxyacetate (for example, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethoxyethyl acetate, etc.) ), 3-alkoxypropionic acid alkyl esters (for example, 3-alkoxypropionic acid methyl ester, 3-alkoxypropionic acid ethyl ester, etc. (for example, 3-methoxypropionic acid methyl ester, 3-alkoxypropionic acid methyl ester, etc.) -Ethyl methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)), 2-alkoxypropionic acid alkyl esters (e.g., 2-alkoxy Methyl propionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, 2-methoxypropionate -Propyl methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and 2-alkoxy Ethyl-2-methylpropionate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, Ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, etc. Examples of preferred ethers include diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, and ethyl cellosolve acetate. , diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate Ester etc. Preferable examples of ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and the like. Preferable examples of aromatic hydrocarbons include toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene, and the like. Preferable examples of the sericene include dimethyl serotonin.

從塗佈面性狀的改良等的觀點考慮,將兩種以上的溶劑混合之形態亦為較佳。其中,由選自3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲醚及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯中之兩種以上構成之混合溶液為較佳。同時使用二甲基亞碸與γ-丁內酯為特佳。From the viewpoint of improving the properties of the coating surface, etc., a form in which two or more solvents are mixed is also preferred. Among them, it is selected from the group consisting of methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, Methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethylsulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol ethyl A mixed solution composed of two or more of acid ester, propylene glycol methyl ether and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate is preferred. It is particularly suitable to use dimethylsulfoxide and γ-butyrolactone at the same time.

當樹脂組成物具有溶劑時,從塗佈性的觀點考慮,將溶劑的含量設為樹脂組成物的總固體成分濃度成為5~80質量%之量為較佳,5~70質量%為進一步較佳,10~60質量%為特佳。溶劑含量藉由所希望的厚度和塗佈方法調節即可。例如若塗佈方法為旋轉塗佈法或狹縫塗佈法,則成為上述範圍的固體成分濃度之溶劑的含量為較佳。若為噴塗法,則設為成為0.1質量%~50質量%之量為較佳,設為成為1.0質量%~25質量%之量為更佳。藉由塗佈方法調節溶劑量,藉此能夠均勻地形成所希望的厚度的樹脂組成物層。 溶劑可以是僅一種,亦可以是兩種以上。當溶劑為兩種以上時,其合計是上述範圍為較佳。 又,從膜強度的觀點考慮,N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺及N,N-二甲基甲醯胺的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總質量小於5質量%為較佳,小於1質量%為更佳,小於0.5質量%為進一步較佳,小於0.1質量%為進一步較佳。When the resin composition contains a solvent, from the viewpoint of coatability, the content of the solvent is preferably an amount such that the total solid concentration of the resin composition becomes 5 to 80 mass %, and further preferably 5 to 70 mass %. Best, 10-60% by mass is particularly good. The solvent content can be adjusted by the desired thickness and coating method. For example, if the coating method is spin coating or slit coating, the content of the solvent is preferably such that the solid content concentration falls within the above range. In the case of the spray coating method, the amount is preferably 0.1 mass% to 50 mass%, and the amount is more preferably 1.0 mass% to 25 mass%. By adjusting the amount of solvent by the coating method, a resin composition layer of a desired thickness can be formed uniformly. There may be only one type of solvent, or two or more types of solvents may be used. When there are two or more solvents, the total amount is preferably within the above range. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of film strength, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide and N,N-dimethylmethane The content of amide is preferably less than 5% by mass relative to the total mass of the resin composition, more preferably less than 1% by mass, still more preferably less than 0.5% by mass, and still more preferably less than 0.1% by mass.

<<增感色素>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物可以包含增感色素。增感色素吸收特定的活性放射線而成為電子激發狀態。成為電子激發狀態之增感色素與熱鹼產生劑、光鹼產生劑、熱自由基聚合起始劑、光聚合起始劑等接觸而產生電子轉移、能量轉移、發熱等作用。藉此,熱鹼產生劑、光鹼產生劑、熱自由基聚合起始劑、光聚合起始劑發生化學變化而分解,並生成自由基、酸或鹼。關於增感色素的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0161~0163段的記載,並將該內容編入本說明書中。當樹脂組成物包含增感色素時,增感色素的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分是0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.1~15質量%為更佳,0.5~10質量%為進一步較佳。增感色素可以單獨使用一種,亦可以同時使用兩種以上。<< Sensitizing dye >> The resin composition in the present invention may contain a sensitizing dye. The sensitizing dye absorbs specific active radiation and enters an electronically excited state. The sensitizing dye that becomes an electronically excited state comes into contact with a thermal base generator, a photobase generator, a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photopolymerization initiator, etc. to produce electron transfer, energy transfer, heat generation and other effects. Thereby, the thermal base generator, the photobase generator, the thermal radical polymerization initiator, and the photopolymerization initiator undergo chemical changes and decompose, and generate radicals, acids, or bases. For details of the sensitizing dye, please refer to the description in paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-027357, and this content is incorporated into this specification. When the resin composition contains a sensitizing dye, the content of the sensitizing dye relative to the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 15 mass %, and further 0.5 to 10 mass %. Better. One type of sensitizing dye may be used alone, or two or more types of sensitizing dyes may be used simultaneously.

<<鏈轉移劑>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物可以含有鏈轉移劑。鏈轉移劑例如於高分子辭典第三版(高分子學會(The Society of Polymer Science, Japan)編,2005年)683-684頁中被定義。作為鏈轉移劑,例如使用於分子內具有SH、PH、SiH、GeH之化合物組。該些向低活性自由基種供給氫而生成自由基,或者經氧化之後,藉由去質子而可生成自由基。尤其,能夠較佳地使用硫醇化合物(例如,2-巰基苯并咪唑類、2-巰基苯并噻唑類、2-巰基苯并噁唑類、3-巰基三唑類、5-巰基四唑類等)。當樹脂組成物含有鏈轉移劑時,鏈轉移劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分100質量份,較佳為0.01~20質量份,更佳為1~10質量份,進一步較佳為1~5質量份。鏈轉移劑可以是僅一種,亦可以是兩種以上。當鏈轉移劑為兩種以上時,其合計是上述範圍為較佳。<<Chain transfer agent>> The resin composition in the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. Chain transfer agents are defined, for example, in the Polymer Dictionary, 3rd Edition (edited by The Society of Polymer Science, Japan, 2005), pages 683-684. As the chain transfer agent, for example, a compound group having SH, PH, SiH, and GeH in the molecule is used. These donate hydrogen to low-activity radical species to generate free radicals, or can generate free radicals by deprotonating them after being oxidized. In particular, thiol compounds (for example, 2-mercaptobenzimidazoles, 2-mercaptobenzothiazoles, 2-mercaptobenzoxazoles, 3-mercaptotriazoles, 5-mercaptotetrazole) can be preferably used. class, etc.). When the resin composition contains a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, and further preferably 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the resin composition. 1 to 5 parts by mass. There may be only one type of chain transfer agent, or two or more types of chain transfer agents may be used. When there are two or more chain transfer agents, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<界面活性劑>> 從提高塗佈性的觀點考慮,本發明的樹脂組成物中亦可以添加各種界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,能夠使用氟類界面活性劑、非離子類界面活性劑、陽離子類界面活性劑、陰離子類界面活性劑、矽酮類界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。又,下述界面活性劑亦為較佳。 [化學式29] <<Surfactant>> From the viewpoint of improving coatability, various surfactants may be added to the resin composition of the present invention. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone-based surfactants can be used. In addition, the following surfactants are also preferred. [Chemical formula 29]

當樹脂組成物含有界面活性劑時,界面活性劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分是0.001~2.0質量%為較佳,更佳為0.005~1.0質量%。界面活性劑可以是僅一種,亦可以是兩種以上。當含有兩種以上的界面活性劑時,其合計是上述範圍為較佳。When the resin composition contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant relative to the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.001 to 2.0 mass%, more preferably 0.005 to 1.0 mass%. There may be only one type of surfactant, or two or more types of surfactants may be used. When two or more surfactants are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<高級脂肪酸衍生物>> 為了防止因氧引起之聚合阻礙,本發明的樹脂組成物中可以添加如二十二酸或二十二酸醯胺那樣的高級脂肪酸衍生物而於塗佈後的乾燥過程中局部存在於組成物的表面。當樹脂組成物具有高級脂肪酸衍生物時,高級脂肪酸衍生物的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分是0.1~10質量%為較佳。高級脂肪酸衍生物可以是僅為一種,亦可以是兩種以上。當高級脂肪酸衍生物為兩種以上時,其合計是上述範圍為較佳。<<Higher fatty acid derivatives>> In order to prevent polymerization inhibition caused by oxygen, higher fatty acid derivatives such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide can be added to the resin composition of the present invention after coating. It exists locally on the surface of the composition during the drying process. When the resin composition contains a higher fatty acid derivative, the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. There may be only one type of higher fatty acid derivative, or two or more types of higher fatty acid derivatives may be used. When there are two or more types of higher fatty acid derivatives, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<其他添加劑>> 於不損害本發明的效果之範圍內,本發明中的樹脂組成物能夠依需要而調合各種添加物,例如,無機粒子、硬化劑、硬化觸媒、填充劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗凝聚劑等。當調合該些添加劑時,其合計調合量是樹脂組成物的固體成分的3質量%以下為較佳。<<Other additives>> Within the scope that does not impair the effects of the present invention, the resin composition of the present invention can be blended with various additives as needed, such as inorganic particles, hardeners, hardening catalysts, fillers, and antioxidants. , UV absorbers, anti-aggregation agents, etc. When these additives are blended, the total blending amount is preferably 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the resin composition.

<<<關於其他含有物質的限制>>> 從塗佈面性狀的觀點考慮,本發明中的樹脂組成物的水分含量小於5質量%為較佳,小於1質量%為進一步較佳,小於0.6質量%為特佳。<<<Restrictions on other contained substances>> From the viewpoint of the properties of the coating surface, the moisture content of the resin composition in the present invention is preferably less than 5% by mass, more preferably less than 1% by mass, and less than 0.6 Quality % is particularly good.

從絕緣性的觀點考慮,本發明中的樹脂組成物的金屬含量小於5質量ppm(parts per million(百萬分率))為較佳,小於1質量ppm為進一步較佳,小於0.5質量ppm為特佳。作為金屬,可列舉鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、鉻、鎳等。當包含複數種金屬時,該些金屬的合計為上述範圍為較佳。 又,作為減少無意中包含於樹脂組成物之金屬雜質之方法,能夠列舉作為構成樹脂組成物之原料而選擇金屬含量較少的原料,對構成本發明的組成物之原料進行過濾器過濾,用聚四氟乙烯等對裝置內進行內襯而於盡可能抑制了污染之條件下進行蒸餾等方法。From the viewpoint of insulation, the metal content of the resin composition in the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass ppm (parts per million), further preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and less than 0.5 mass ppm. Excellent. Examples of metals include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, chromium, nickel, and the like. When a plurality of metals are included, the total amount of these metals is preferably within the above range. In addition, as a method of reducing metal impurities unintentionally contained in the resin composition, a raw material containing a small metal content is selected as a raw material constituting the resin composition, and the raw material constituting the composition of the present invention is filtered with a filter. Methods such as lining the device with polytetrafluoroethylene and performing distillation under conditions that suppress contamination as much as possible.

從配線腐蝕性的觀點考慮,本發明的樹脂組成物中,鹵素原子的含量小於500質量ppm為較佳,小於300質量ppm為更佳,小於200質量ppm為特佳。其中,以鹵素離子的狀態存在者是小於5質量ppm為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為特佳。作為鹵素原子,可列舉氯原子及溴原子。氯原子及溴原子或氯化物離子及溴化物離子的合計分別為上述範圍為較佳。From the viewpoint of wiring corrosion, the content of halogen atoms in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, and particularly preferably less than 200 mass ppm. Among them, the amount of halogen ions present in the form of halogen ions is preferably less than 5 ppm by mass, more preferably less than 1 ppm by mass, and particularly preferably less than 0.5 ppm by mass. Examples of the halogen atom include a chlorine atom and a bromine atom. It is preferable that the total number of chlorine atoms and bromine atoms or chloride ions and bromide ions is within the above range.

<樹脂組成物的製備> 樹脂組成物能夠藉由混合上述各成分而製備。混合方法並無特別限定,能夠藉由以往公知的方法來進行。 又,以去除樹脂組成物中的垃圾或微粒等異物為目的,進行使用過濾器之過濾為較佳。過濾器孔徑是1μm以下為較佳,0.5μm以下為更佳,0.1μm以下為進一步較佳。過濾器的材質是聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。過濾器可以使用以有機溶劑預先清洗者。過濾器的過濾製程中,可以並聯或串聯複數種過濾器而使用。當使用複數種過濾器時,可以組合使用孔徑和/或材質不同之過濾器。又,可以對各種材料進行複數次過濾。當進行複數次過濾時,可以是循環過濾。又,可以於加壓之後進行過濾。當於加壓之後進行過濾時,進行加壓之壓力是0.05MPa以上且0.3MPa以下為較佳。 除了使用過濾器之過濾以外,還可以進行使用了吸附材料之雜質去除處理。還可以組合過濾器過濾和使用了吸附材料之雜質去除處理。作為吸附材料,能夠使用公知的吸附材料。例如,可列舉矽膠、沸石等無機類吸附材料、活性碳等有機類吸附材料。<Preparation of Resin Composition> The resin composition can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. The mixing method is not particularly limited and can be performed by conventionally known methods. In addition, it is preferable to perform filtration using a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter such as garbage and particles in the resin composition. The filter pore size is preferably 1 μm or less, more preferably 0.5 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.1 μm or less. The filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. The filter can be pre-cleaned with organic solvents. In the filtration process of the filter, multiple types of filters can be used in parallel or in series. When using multiple filters, filters with different pore sizes and/or materials can be used in combination. In addition, various materials can be filtered multiple times. When filtering multiple times, it can be cyclic filtering. Alternatively, filtration may be performed after pressurization. When filtration is performed after pressurization, the pressure for pressurization is preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.3 MPa or less. In addition to filtration using filters, impurity removal using adsorbent materials can also be performed. It is also possible to combine filter filtration and impurity removal using adsorbent materials. As the adsorbent material, known adsorbent materials can be used. Examples include inorganic adsorbent materials such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbent materials such as activated carbon.

<積層體的製造方法> 接著,對本發明的積層體的製造方法進行說明。本發明的積層體的製造方法包括上述本發明的膜的製造方法。亦即,本發明的積層體的製造方法包括利用上述本發明的膜的製造方法製造膜之製程。<Manufacturing method of laminated body> Next, the manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention is demonstrated. The manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention includes the manufacturing method of the film of this invention mentioned above. That is, the manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention includes the process of manufacturing a film using the above-mentioned manufacturing method of the film of this invention.

本發明的積層體的製造方法將利用上述本發明的膜的製造方法製造膜之製程重複進行2次以上為較佳。In the manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention, it is preferable to repeat the process of manufacturing a film using the above-mentioned manufacturing method of the film of this invention two or more times.

又,本發明的積層體的製造方法還包括形成金屬層之製程為較佳。具體而言,於利用本發明的膜的製造方法製造之膜上形成金屬層為較佳。作為金屬層,並無特別限定,能夠使用已有的金屬種。例如,可列舉銅、鋁、鎳、釩、鈦、鉻、鈷、金及鎢,銅及鋁為較佳,銅為更佳。金屬層的形成方法並無特別限定,能夠應用已有的方法。例如,能夠使用日本特開2007-157879號公報、日本特表2001-521288號公報、日本特開2004-214501號公報、日本特開2004-101850號公報中所記載之方法。例如,可列舉光微影、剝離、電鍍、無電解電鍍、蝕刻、印刷及將它們組合而成之方法等,組合濺射、光微影及蝕刻而成之圖案化方法、組合光微影和電解電鍍而成之圖案化方法為較佳。作為金屬層的厚度,最厚的部分為0.1~50μm為較佳,1~10μm為更佳。Moreover, it is preferable that the manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention further includes the process of forming a metal layer. Specifically, it is preferable to form a metal layer on the film produced by the film production method of the present invention. The metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing metal types can be used. Examples include copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold and tungsten. Copper and aluminum are preferred, and copper is more preferred. The method of forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing methods can be applied. For example, the methods described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2007-157879, 2001-521288, 2004-214501, and 2004-101850 can be used. Examples include photolithography, lift-off, electroplating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and methods combining them; patterning methods that combine sputtering, photolithography, and etching; and methods that combine photolithography and etching. Patterning method by electrolytic plating is preferred. As for the thickness of the metal layer, the thickest part is preferably 0.1 to 50 μm, and more preferably 1 to 10 μm.

當本發明的積層體的製造方法包括形成金屬層之製程時,還可以包括對金屬層及樹脂組成物層中的至少一部分進行表面活性化處理之表面活性化處理製程。表面活性化處理可以僅對金屬層中的至少一部分進行,亦可以僅對加熱製程後的樹脂組成物層中的至少一部分進行,亦可以分別對金屬層及加熱製程後的樹脂組成物層這兩者的至少一部分進行。When the manufacturing method of the laminated body of the present invention includes a process of forming a metal layer, it may also include a surface activation treatment process of surface-activating at least part of the metal layer and the resin composition layer. The surface activation treatment may be performed only on at least a part of the metal layer, or may be performed only on at least a part of the resin composition layer after the heating process, or it may be performed on both the metal layer and the resin composition layer after the heating process. at least part of the process.

表面活性化處理可以於形成金屬層之後進行,亦可以於加熱製程後,且對樹脂組成物層進行表面活性化處理之後形成金屬層。關於表面活性化處理,對金屬層中的至少一部分進行為較佳,對金屬層中的於表面形成樹脂組成物層之區域的一部分或全部進行表面活性化處理為較佳。藉由對金屬層表面進行表面活性化處理,能夠提高設置於其表面之樹脂組成物層的黏合性。又,表面活性化處理亦可以對加熱製程後的樹脂組成物層的一部分或全部進行為較佳。如此,藉由對樹脂組成物層的表面進行表面活性化處理,能夠提高與設置於已進行表面活性化處理之表面之金屬層或樹脂組成物層的黏合性。The surface activation treatment can be performed after the metal layer is formed, or the metal layer can be formed after the heating process and the surface activation treatment on the resin composition layer. Regarding the surface activation treatment, it is preferable to perform surface activation treatment on at least a part of the metal layer, and it is preferable to perform surface activation treatment on part or all of the area of the metal layer on which the resin composition layer is formed on the surface. By performing surface activation treatment on the surface of the metal layer, the adhesion of the resin composition layer provided on the surface can be improved. In addition, surface activation treatment may be preferably performed on part or all of the resin composition layer after the heating process. In this way, by surface-activating the surface of the resin composition layer, the adhesion to the metal layer or the resin composition layer provided on the surface that has been surface-activated can be improved.

作為表面活性化處理,選自各種原料氣體(氧、氫、氬、氮、氮/氫混合氣體、氬/氧混合氣體等)的電漿處理、電暈放電處理、基於CF4 /O2 、NF3 /O2 、SF6 、NF3 、NF3 /O2 的蝕刻處理、基於紫外線(UV)臭氧法的表面處理、浸漬於鹽酸水溶液而去除氧化覆膜之後對包含具有胺基與硫醇基中的至少一種之化合物之有機表面處理劑進行的浸漬處理、使用了刷子之機械粗糙化處理,電漿處理為較佳,尤其對原料氣體使用了氧之氧電漿處理為較佳。進行電暈放電處理時,能量是500~200000J/m2 為較佳,1000~100000J/m2 為更佳,10000~50000J/m2 為最佳。As the surface activation treatment, plasma treatment, corona discharge treatment, CF 4 /O 2 -based treatment with various raw material gases (oxygen, hydrogen, argon, nitrogen, nitrogen/hydrogen mixed gas, argon/oxygen mixed gas, etc.) Etching treatment of NF 3 /O 2 , SF 6 , NF 3 and NF 3 /O 2 , surface treatment by ultraviolet (UV) ozone method, immersion in hydrochloric acid aqueous solution to remove the oxide film, and then removing the oxide film containing amine groups and thiols Impregnation treatment with an organic surface treatment agent containing at least one compound in the base, mechanical roughening treatment using a brush, and plasma treatment are preferred, and oxygen plasma treatment using oxygen for the raw material gas is particularly preferred. When performing corona discharge treatment, the energy is preferably 500~200000J/ m2 , 1000~100000J/ m2 is better, and 10000~50000J/ m2 is optimal.

本發明的積層體的製造方法將利用本發明的膜的製造方法製造膜之製程和於所得到之膜上形成金屬層之製程交替進行2次以上為較佳,進行2~7次為更佳,進行2~5次為進一步較佳。藉此,能夠製造將由樹脂組成物層形成之樹脂層和金屬層交替積層複數層而成之複數層配線結構的積層體。又,隨著積層數的增加,容易於金屬層與樹脂層的界面、樹脂層彼此的界面、樹脂層與支撐體的界面中產生剝離,但依本發明的積層體的製造方法,即使增加積層數亦不會於各層之間產生剝離等。In the manufacturing method of the laminated body of the present invention, the process of manufacturing a film by the film manufacturing method of the present invention and the process of forming a metal layer on the obtained film are preferably carried out alternately two or more times, and more preferably 2 to 7 times. , it is more preferable to carry out 2 to 5 times. Thereby, it is possible to produce a laminated body of a plurality of layers of wiring structures in which a plurality of resin layers and metal layers composed of resin composition layers are alternately laminated. In addition, as the number of laminated layers increases, peeling is likely to occur at the interface between the metal layer and the resin layer, the interface between the resin layers, and the interface between the resin layer and the support. However, according to the manufacturing method of the laminated body of the present invention, even if the number of laminated layers is increased, There will be no peeling between the layers.

圖1為表示複數層配線結構的積層體的一例之圖。圖中的符號500表示積層體,符號201~204表示樹脂層,符號301~303表示金屬層。 樹脂層201中形成有所希望的圖案。例如,該圖案例如能夠藉由負型顯影而形成。於樹脂層201的表面形成有金屬層301。該金屬層301以覆蓋形成在樹脂層201之槽401的表面的一部分的方式形成。 於金屬層301上形成有樹脂層202。樹脂層202中形成有所希望的圖案且金屬層301的一部分露出於樹脂層202。於樹脂層202的表面形成有金屬層302。該金屬層302以覆蓋形成在樹脂層202之槽402的表面的一部分的方式形成,且與露出於樹脂層202之金屬層301電連接。 於金屬層302上形成有樹脂層203。樹脂層203中形成有所希望的圖案,且金屬層302的一部分露出於樹脂層203。於樹脂層203的表面形成有金屬層303。該金屬層303以覆蓋形成在樹脂層203之槽403的表面的一部分的方式形成,且與露出於樹脂層203之金屬層302電連接。 於金屬層303上形成有樹脂層204。樹脂層204中形成有所希望的圖案,且金屬層303的一部分露出於樹脂層204。又,於圖1中金屬層302的一部分亦露出於樹脂層204。 該積層體作為樹脂層201~204的絕緣膜而發揮作用,且金屬層301~303作為配線層而發揮功能。該種積層體能夠較佳地用作電子元件中的再配線層。FIG. 1 is a diagram showing an example of a laminate having a plurality of layers of wiring structure. Symbol 500 in the figure represents a laminated body, symbols 201 to 204 represent resin layers, and symbols 301 to 303 represent metal layers. A desired pattern is formed in the resin layer 201 . For example, the pattern can be formed by negative development. A metal layer 301 is formed on the surface of the resin layer 201 . The metal layer 301 is formed to cover part of the surface of the groove 401 formed in the resin layer 201 . A resin layer 202 is formed on the metal layer 301 . A desired pattern is formed in the resin layer 202 and a part of the metal layer 301 is exposed in the resin layer 202 . A metal layer 302 is formed on the surface of the resin layer 202 . The metal layer 302 is formed to cover a part of the surface of the groove 402 formed in the resin layer 202 and is electrically connected to the metal layer 301 exposed in the resin layer 202 . A resin layer 203 is formed on the metal layer 302 . A desired pattern is formed in the resin layer 203 , and a part of the metal layer 302 is exposed in the resin layer 203 . A metal layer 303 is formed on the surface of the resin layer 203 . The metal layer 303 is formed to cover part of the surface of the groove 403 formed in the resin layer 203 and is electrically connected to the metal layer 302 exposed in the resin layer 203 . A resin layer 204 is formed on the metal layer 303 . A desired pattern is formed in the resin layer 204 , and a part of the metal layer 303 is exposed in the resin layer 204 . In addition, in FIG. 1 , a part of the metal layer 302 is also exposed in the resin layer 204 . This laminated body functions as an insulating film for the resin layers 201 to 204, and the metal layers 301 to 303 function as wiring layers. This kind of laminate can be suitably used as a rewiring layer in electronic components.

<電子元件的製造方法> 接著,對應用本發明的膜的製造方法而得到之電子元件的一實施形態進行說明。圖2所示之電子元件100是所謂的三維安裝元件,且積層有複數個半導體元件(半導體晶片)101a~101d之積層體101配置於配線基板120上。此外,該實施形態中,主要對半導體元件(半導體晶片)的積層數為4層之情況進行說明,但半導體元件(半導體晶片)的積層數並無特別限定,例如可以是2層、8層、16層、32層等。又,可以是1層。<Manufacturing method of electronic component> Next, one embodiment of an electronic component obtained by applying the film manufacturing method of the present invention will be described. The electronic component 100 shown in FIG. 2 is a so-called three-dimensional mounting component, and a laminate 101 in which a plurality of semiconductor components (semiconductor wafers) 101 a to 101 d are laminated is arranged on a wiring substrate 120 . In addition, in this embodiment, the description is mainly based on the case where the number of laminated semiconductor elements (semiconductor wafers) is four layers. However, the number of laminated semiconductor elements (semiconductor wafers) is not particularly limited. For example, the number of laminated semiconductor elements (semiconductor wafers) may be two layers, eight layers, or 16th floor, 32nd floor, etc. Also, it can be 1 layer.

複數個半導體元件101a~101d均包含矽基板等半導體晶圓。 最上段的半導體元件101a不具有貫通電極,且於其一方的面形成有電極焊盤(未圖示)。 半導體元件101b~101d具有貫通電極102b~102d,且於各半導體元件的兩面設置有一體設置於貫通電極之連接焊盤(未圖示)。The plurality of semiconductor elements 101a to 101d each include a semiconductor wafer such as a silicon substrate. The uppermost semiconductor element 101a does not have a through-electrode, and an electrode pad (not shown) is formed on one surface. The semiconductor elements 101b to 101d have through-electrodes 102b to 102d, and connection pads (not shown) integrally provided with the through-electrodes are provided on both sides of each semiconductor element.

積層體101具有對不具有貫通電極之半導體元件101a和具有貫通電極102b~102d之半導體元件101b~101d進行倒裝晶片接合之結構。 亦即,不具有貫通電極之半導體元件101a的電極焊盤和與其相鄰之具有貫通電極102b之半導體元件101b的半導體元件101a側的連接焊盤藉由焊料凸塊等金屬凸塊103a而連接,且具有貫通電極102b之半導體元件101b的另一側的連接焊盤和與其相鄰之具有貫通電極102c之半導體元件101c的半導體元件101b側的連接焊盤藉由焊料凸塊等金屬凸塊103b而連接。同樣地,具有貫通電極102c之半導體元件101c的另一側的連接焊盤和與其相鄰之具有貫通電極102d之半導體元件101d的半導體元件101c側的連接焊盤藉由焊料凸塊等金屬凸塊103c而連接。The laminated body 101 has a structure in which a semiconductor element 101a without through-electrodes and semiconductor elements 101b to 101d having through-electrodes 102b to 102d are flip-chip bonded. That is, the electrode pad of the semiconductor element 101a that does not have a through-electrode and the connection pad on the semiconductor element 101a side of the adjacent semiconductor element 101b that has the through-electrode 102b are connected by a metal bump 103a such as a solder bump. Furthermore, the connection pad on the other side of the semiconductor element 101b having the through-electrode 102b and the connection pad on the semiconductor element 101b side of the adjacent semiconductor element 101c having the through-electrode 102c are connected by metal bumps 103b such as solder bumps. connection. Similarly, the connection pad on the other side of the semiconductor element 101c having the through-electrode 102c and the connection pad on the semiconductor element 101c side of the adjacent semiconductor element 101d having the through-electrode 102d are connected by metal bumps such as solder bumps. 103c while connected.

於各半導體元件101a~101d的間隙中形成有底部填充層110,且經由底部填充層110而積層有各半導體元件101a~101d。An underfill layer 110 is formed in the gap between the semiconductor elements 101a to 101d, and the semiconductor elements 101a to 101d are stacked via the underfill layer 110.

積層體101積層在配線基板120上。 作為配線基板120,例如使用將樹脂基板、陶瓷基板、玻璃基板等絕緣基板用作基材之複數層配線基板。作為應用樹脂基板之配線基板120,可列舉複數層覆銅積層板(複數層印刷配線板)等。The laminate 101 is laminated on the wiring board 120 . As the wiring board 120, for example, a multi-layer wiring board using an insulating substrate such as a resin substrate, a ceramic substrate, or a glass substrate as a base material is used. Examples of the wiring board 120 using a resin substrate include a multi-layer copper-clad laminate (multi-layer printed wiring board).

於配線基板120的一面中設置有表面電極120a。 於配線基板120與積層體101之間配置有形成有再配線層105之絕緣層115,配線基板120與積層體101經由再配線層105而電連接。絕緣層115為利用本發明的積層體的製造方法而形成者。絕緣層115可以是如圖1所示那樣的複數層配線結構。 再配線層105的一端經由焊料凸塊等金屬凸塊103d與形成在半導體元件101d的再配線層105側的面之電極焊盤連接。又,再配線層105的另一端經由焊料凸塊等金屬凸塊103e與配線基板的表面電極120a連接。 進而,於絕緣層115與積層體101之間形成有底部填充層110a。又,於絕緣層115與配線基板120之間形成有底部填充層110b。 [實施例]Surface electrode 120a is provided on one side of wiring substrate 120. The insulating layer 115 on which the rewiring layer 105 is formed is disposed between the wiring board 120 and the laminated body 101. The wiring board 120 and the laminated body 101 are electrically connected via the rewiring layer 105. The insulating layer 115 is formed using the manufacturing method of the laminated body of the present invention. The insulating layer 115 may have a multi-layer wiring structure as shown in FIG. 1 . One end of the rewiring layer 105 is connected to an electrode pad formed on the surface of the semiconductor element 101d on the rewiring layer 105 side via a metal bump 103d such as a solder bump. Furthermore, the other end of the rewiring layer 105 is connected to the surface electrode 120a of the wiring board via a metal bump 103e such as a solder bump. Furthermore, an underfill layer 110a is formed between the insulating layer 115 and the laminated body 101. In addition, an underfill layer 110b is formed between the insulating layer 115 and the wiring substrate 120. [Example]

以下,藉由實施例對本發明進行進一步具體地說明,本發明於不脫離其宗旨之範圍內並不限定於以下實施例。此外,只要無特別限制,則「%」及「份」為質量基準。NMR為核磁共振的簡稱。Hereinafter, the present invention will be further described in detail through examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples within the scope that does not deviate from the gist of the invention. In addition, unless otherwise specified, "%" and "parts" are based on mass. NMR is the abbreviation of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance.

(合成例1) [源自均苯四甲酸二酐、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及芐醇的聚醯亞胺前驅物(P-1:不具有自由基聚合性基之聚醯亞胺前驅物)的合成] 將14.06g(64.5毫莫耳)的均苯四甲酸二酐(於140℃下乾燥12小時)和14.22g(131.58毫莫耳)的芐醇懸浮於50ml的N-甲基吡咯啶酮,並藉由分子篩而使其乾燥。於100℃下對懸浮液加熱了3小時。開始加熱並經過數分鐘之後得到了透明的溶液。將反應混合物冷卻至室溫,並添加了21.43g(270.9毫莫耳)的吡啶及90ml的N-甲基吡咯啶酮。接著,將反應混合物冷卻至-10℃,將溫度保持在-10±4℃的同時經10分鐘添加了16.12g(135.5毫莫耳)的SOCl2 。於添加SOCl2 期間黏度得以增加。用50ml的N-甲基吡咯啶酮稀釋之後於室溫下將反應混合物攪拌了2小時。接著,於20~23℃下經20分鐘對反應混合物滴加了將11.08g(58.7毫莫耳)的4,4’-二胺基二苯醚溶解於100ml的N-甲基吡咯啶酮而得到之溶液。接著,於室溫下將反應混合物攪拌了1晩。接著,使聚醯亞胺前驅物沉澱於5公升的水中,並以5000rpm的速度將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物混合物攪拌了15分鐘。濾取聚醯亞胺前驅物,再次投入到4公升的水中並進而攪拌30分鐘而再次進行過濾。接著,減壓下,於45℃下將聚醯亞胺前驅物乾燥了3天而得到了包含由下述式表示之重複單元之聚醯亞胺前驅物(P-1)。 [化學式30] (Synthesis Example 1) [Polyimide precursor derived from pyromellitic dianhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether and benzyl alcohol (P-1: Polymer without radical polymerizable groups Synthesis of imine precursor)] Suspend 14.06g (64.5 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride (dried at 140°C for 12 hours) and 14.22g (131.58 mmol) of benzyl alcohol in 50 ml of N-methylpyrrolidone and dried through molecular sieves. The suspension was heated at 100°C for 3 hours. Heating was started and a clear solution was obtained after a few minutes. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and 21.43 g (270.9 mmol) of pyridine and 90 ml of N-methylpyrrolidone were added. Next, the reaction mixture was cooled to -10°C, and 16.12 g (135.5 mmol) of SOCl 2 was added over 10 minutes while maintaining the temperature at -10±4°C. The viscosity increased during the addition of SOCl 2 . After dilution with 50 ml of N-methylpyrrolidone, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Next, 11.08 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 ml of N-methylpyrrolidone was added dropwise to the reaction mixture over 20 minutes at 20 to 23°C. The solution obtained. Then, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 night. Next, the polyimide precursor was precipitated in 5 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor mixture was stirred at a speed of 5000 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor was filtered, poured into 4 liters of water again, stirred for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Next, the polyimide precursor was dried at 45° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure to obtain a polyimide precursor (P-1) containing a repeating unit represented by the following formula. [Chemical formula 30]

(合成例2) [源自均苯四甲酸二酐、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的聚醯亞胺前驅物(P-2:具有自由基聚合性基之聚醯亞胺前驅物)的合成] 將14.06g(64.5毫莫耳)的均苯四甲酸二酐(於140℃下乾燥了12小時)、18.6g(129毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、0.05g的對苯二酚、10.7g的吡啶及140g的二乙二醇二甲醚(二乙二醇二甲醚)進行混合,且於60℃的溫度下攪拌18小時而製造了均苯四酸與甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的二酯。接著,藉由SOCl2 將所得到之二酯氯化之後,以與合成例1相同的方法用4,4’-二胺基二苯醚轉換為聚醯亞胺前驅物,並以與合成例1相同的方法得到了包含由下述式表示之重複單元之聚醯亞胺前驅物(P-2)。 [化學式31] (Synthesis Example 2) [Polyimide precursor derived from pyromellitic dianhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (P-2: having free radicals Synthesis of polyimide precursor of polymerizable group] 14.06g (64.5 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride (dried at 140°C for 12 hours), 18.6g (129 mmol) of 2-Hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05g of hydroquinone, 10.7g of pyridine and 140g of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diethylene glycol dimethyl ether) were mixed, and at a temperature of 60°C The mixture was stirred for 18 hours to produce a diester of pyromellitic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Next, after the obtained diester was chlorinated with SOCl 2 , 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether was used to convert into a polyimide precursor in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, and the same method as in Synthesis Example 1 was used. 1 A polyimide precursor (P-2) containing a repeating unit represented by the following formula was obtained in the same manner. [Chemical formula 31]

(合成例3) [源自4,4’-氧雙鄰苯二甲酸酐、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的聚醯亞胺前驅物(P-3:具有自由基聚合性基之聚醯亞胺前驅物)的合成] 將20.0g(64.5毫莫耳)的4,4’-氧雙鄰苯二甲酸酐(於140℃下乾燥了12小時)、18.6g(129毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、0.05g的對苯二酚、10.7g的吡啶及140g的二乙二醇二甲醚進行混合,且於60℃的溫度下攪拌18小時而製造了4,4’-氧基二鄰苯二甲酸與甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的二酯。接著,藉由SOCl2 將所得到之二酯氯化之後,以與合成例1相同的方法用4,4’-二胺基二苯醚轉換為聚醯亞胺前驅物,並以與合成例1相同的方法得到了包含由下述式表示之重複單元之聚醯亞胺前驅物(P-3)。 [化學式32] (Synthesis Example 3) [Polyimide precursor (P derived from 4,4'-oxybisphthalic anhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) -3: Synthesis of polyimide precursor with radical polymerizable groups] 20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 4,4'-oxybisphthalic anhydride (dried at 140°C for 12 hours), 18.6g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05g of hydroquinone, 10.7g of pyridine and 140g of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether were mixed, and at 60°C The mixture was stirred for 18 hours to produce a diester of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Next, after the obtained diester was chlorinated with SOCl 2 , 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether was used to convert into a polyimide precursor in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, and the same method as in Synthesis Example 1 was used. 1 A polyimide precursor (P-3) containing a repeating unit represented by the following formula was obtained in the same manner. [Chemical formula 32]

(合成例4)[丙烯酸類聚合物(P-4)的合成] 將27.0g(153.2毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸苄酯、20g(157.3毫莫耳)的N-異丙基甲基丙烯醯胺、39g(309.2毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸烯丙酯、13g(151.0毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸、聚合起始劑(V-601、Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.製)3.55g(15.4毫莫耳)及3-甲氧基-2-丙醇300g進行混合。於氮環境下,向加熱至75℃之3-甲氧基-2-丙醇300g中經2小時滴加了混合液。滴加結束之後,進而於氮環境下、且於75℃下攪拌了2小時。反應結束後,投入到5公升水中而使聚合物沉澱,並以5000rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。過濾而去除丙烯酸樹脂,再次投入到4公升水中且進而攪拌30分鐘來再次進行過濾而去除。接著,減壓下,於45℃下將所得到之丙烯酸樹脂乾燥3天而得到了由下述式表示之丙烯酸類聚合物(P-4)。 [化學式33] (Synthesis Example 4) [Synthesis of Acrylic Polymer (P-4)] 27.0 g (153.2 mmol) of benzyl methacrylate, 20 g (157.3 mmol) of N-isopropylmethacrylate Amide, 39 g (309.2 mmol) allyl methacrylate, 13 g (151.0 mmol) methacrylic acid, polymerization initiator (V-601, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 3.55 g (15.4 mmol) and 300g of 3-methoxy-2-propanol were mixed. In a nitrogen atmosphere, the mixed liquid was added dropwise to 300 g of 3-methoxy-2-propanol heated to 75° C. over 2 hours. After completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was further stirred at 75° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. After the reaction was completed, 5 liters of water was added to precipitate the polymer, and the mixture was stirred at a speed of 5000 rpm for 15 minutes. The acrylic resin was removed by filtration, poured into 4 liters of water again, and further stirred for 30 minutes, and filtered and removed again. Next, the obtained acrylic resin was dried at 45° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure to obtain an acrylic polymer (P-4) represented by the following formula. [Chemical formula 33]

<感光性樹脂組成物的製備> 將下述中所記載之成分進行混合,並作為均勻的溶液而製備了感光性樹脂組成物的塗佈液。 (組成) 樹脂:下述表中所記載之質量份 自由基聚合性化合物:下述表中所記載之質量份 光自由基聚合起始劑:下述表中所記載之質量份 矽烷偶合劑:下述表中所記載之質量份 防鏽劑:下述表中所記載之質量份 聚合抑制劑:下述表中所記載之質量份 鹼產生劑:下述表中所記載之質量份 溶劑1(二甲基亞碸):100質量份 溶劑2(γ-丁內酯):25質量份<Preparation of Photosensitive Resin Composition> The components described below were mixed to prepare a coating liquid of a photosensitive resin composition as a uniform solution. (Composition) Resin: The mass parts of the radically polymerizable compound described in the following table: The mass parts of the photoradical polymerization initiator described in the following table: The mass parts of the silane coupling agent described in the following table: Parts by mass of the rust inhibitor described in the following table: Parts by mass of the polymerization inhibitor described in the following table: Parts by mass of the base generator described in the following table: Parts by mass of solvent 1 described in the following table (Dimethylstyrene): 100 parts by mass Solvent 2 (γ-butyrolactone): 25 parts by mass

[表6] [Table 6]

表中所記載之簡稱如下。 (樹脂) P-1~P-3:於合成例1~3中合成之聚醯亞胺前驅物(P-1)~(P-3) P-4:於合成例4中合成之丙烯酸類聚合物(P-4)The abbreviations recorded in the table are as follows. (Resin) P-1 to P-3: Polyimide precursors (P-1) to (P-3) synthesized in Synthesis Examples 1 to 3. P-4: Acrylic synthesized in Synthesis Example 4. Polymer (P-4)

(自由基聚合性化合物) B-1:NK酯A-9300(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co, Ltd. 製,乙氧基化異氰脲酸三丙烯酸酯) B-2:SR209(Sartomer company Inc.製,四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯)(Radically polymerizable compound) B-1: NK ester A-9300 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co, Ltd., ethoxylated isocyanurate triacrylate) B-2: SR209 (manufactured by Sartomer company Inc. , tetraethylene glycol diacrylate)

(光自由基聚合起始劑) C-1:IRGACURE OXE 01(BASF公司製,肟化合物) C-2:ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831(ADEKA CORPORATION製,肟化合物)(Photoradical polymerization initiator) C-1: IRGACURE OXE 01 (manufactured by BASF, oxime compound) C-2: ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION, oxime compound)

(矽烷偶合劑) D-1:KBM-602(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製,N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、具有胺基之矽烷偶合劑) D-2:三乙氧基甲矽烷基丙基馬來醯胺酸(Gelest,Inc製,具有羧基之矽烷偶合劑) D-3:KBE-502(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製,3-甲基丙烯醯甲基二乙氧基矽烷、具有甲基丙烯酸基之矽烷偶合劑) D-4:SILQUEST A-137(Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製,不具有反應性基之矽烷偶合劑) D-5:SILQUEST A-LINK599(Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製,不具有反應性基之矽烷偶合劑) D-6:KBM-403(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製,3-縮水甘油醚丙基三甲氧基矽烷、具有環氧基之矽烷偶合劑) D-7:KBE-803(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、具有巰基之矽烷偶合劑)(Silane coupling agent) D-1: KBM-602 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, with Silane coupling agent with amine group) D-2: Triethoxysilylpropylmaleamide (manufactured by Gelest, Inc., silane coupling agent with carboxyl group) D-3: KBE-502 (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., 3-methacrylmethyldiethoxysilane, silane coupling agent with methacrylic acid group) D-4: SILQUEST A-137 (Momentive Performance Materials Inc., non-reactive Silane coupling agent with reactive group) D-5: SILQUEST A-LINK599 (silane coupling agent without reactive group, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc.) D-6: KBM-403 (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., 3-glycidyl ether propyltrimethoxysilane, silane coupling agent with epoxy group) D-7: KBE-803 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane) Silane, silane coupling agent with mercapto group)

(防鏽劑) E-1:KEMITEC BT-C(CHEMIPRO KASEI KAISHA, LTD製、1,2,3-苯并三唑) E-2:KEMINOX 179(CHEMIPRO KASEI KAISHA, LTD製) E-3:1HT(TOYOBO CO., LTD.製、1H-四唑)(Rust inhibitor) E-1: KEMITEC BT-C (manufactured by CHEMIPRO KASEI KAISHA, LTD, 1,2,3-benzotriazole) E-2: KEMINOX 179 (manufactured by CHEMIPRO KASEI KAISHA, LTD) E-3: 1HT (manufactured by TOYOBO CO., LTD., 1H-tetrazole)

(聚合抑制劑) F-1:4-甲氧基苯酚 F-2:對苯醌(Polymerization inhibitor) F-1: 4-methoxyphenol F-2: p-benzoquinone

(鹼產生劑) A-21、A-40:下述結構的化合物(熱鹼產生劑) A-43:WPBG-266(Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.製、光鹼產生劑) [化學式34] (Base generator) A-21, A-40: Compounds with the following structure (thermal base generator) A-43: WPBG-266 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., photobase generator) [Chemical Formula 34]

<積層體的製造> 製造了圖3所示之積層體。於圖3中,符號1010為矽晶圓,符號1020為樹脂層,符號1030為金屬層。矽晶圓1010為描繪有朝向左下側的斜線之層,樹脂層1020中空層,金屬層1030為描繪有朝向右下側的斜線之層。<Manufacture of laminated body> The laminated body shown in FIG. 3 was produced. In FIG. 3 , symbol 1010 is a silicon wafer, symbol 1020 is a resin layer, and symbol 1030 is a metal layer. The silicon wafer 1010 has a diagonal line drawn toward the lower left side, the resin layer 1020 is a hollow layer, and the metal layer 1030 has a diagonal line drawn toward the lower right side.

使各樹脂組成物通過細孔的寬度為0.8μm的過濾器而進行加壓過濾之後,於具有金屬層1030之矽晶圓1010上藉由旋轉塗佈法而以層狀應用,並使用加熱板於100℃下乾燥5分鐘而形成了樹脂組成物層。接著,使用步進機(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C)並以500mJ/cm2 的曝光能量對樹脂組成物層進行了曝光。接著,使用環戊酮進行60秒鐘的顯影而去除未曝光部的樹脂組成物層,從而形成了直徑10μm的孔。接著,於氮環境下,且於下述表中所記載之條件下進行加熱製程之後,冷卻至室溫而形成了樹脂層1020。接著,對樹脂層1020進行鍍銅處理,且於樹脂層1020上形成厚度5μm的銅薄膜(金屬層1030)來形成了積層體1。 接著,對積層體1的銅薄膜(金屬層1030)照射氧電漿之後,再次進行樹脂組成物的應用、曝光、顯影、下述表中所記載之條件下的加熱製程來形成樹脂層1020,從而得到了積層體2。 接著,於積層體2的樹脂層1020上進行鍍銅處理而形成了銅薄膜(金屬層1030)。 接著,對積層體2上的銅薄膜(金屬層1030)照射氧電漿之後,於與積層體1的形成相同的條件下進行樹脂組成物的應用、曝光、顯影、加熱來形成樹脂層1020,從而得到了積層體3。 接著,於積層體3的樹脂層1020上進行鍍銅處理而形成了銅薄膜(金屬層1030)。 接著,對積層體3上的銅薄膜(金屬層1030)照射氧電漿之後,於與積層體1的形成相同的條件下進行樹脂組成物的應用、曝光、顯影、加熱來形成樹脂層1020,從而得到了積層體4(圖3所示之積層體)。Each resin composition was pressure-filtered through a filter with a pore width of 0.8 μm, and then applied in a layer by spin coating on a silicon wafer 1010 having a metal layer 1030 using a heating plate. It was dried at 100° C. for 5 minutes to form a resin composition layer. Next, the resin composition layer was exposed using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C) with an exposure energy of 500 mJ/cm 2 . Next, development was performed for 60 seconds using cyclopentanone to remove the resin composition layer in the unexposed portion, thereby forming holes with a diameter of 10 μm. Next, a heating process was performed in a nitrogen environment under the conditions described in the following table, and then cooled to room temperature to form the resin layer 1020 . Next, the resin layer 1020 was subjected to a copper plating process, and a copper thin film (metal layer 1030 ) with a thickness of 5 μm was formed on the resin layer 1020 to form the laminated body 1 . Next, after irradiating the copper thin film (metal layer 1030) of the laminated body 1 with oxygen plasma, the resin composition is again applied, exposed, developed, and heated under the conditions described in the table below to form the resin layer 1020. Thus, the laminated body 2 was obtained. Next, copper plating is performed on the resin layer 1020 of the laminated body 2 to form a copper thin film (metal layer 1030). Next, after the copper thin film (metal layer 1030) on the laminated body 2 is irradiated with oxygen plasma, the resin composition is applied, exposed, developed, and heated under the same conditions as the formation of the laminated body 1 to form the resin layer 1020. Thus, the laminated body 3 was obtained. Next, copper plating is performed on the resin layer 1020 of the laminated body 3 to form a copper thin film (metal layer 1030). Next, after the copper thin film (metal layer 1030) on the laminated body 3 is irradiated with oxygen plasma, the resin composition is applied, exposed, developed, and heated under the same conditions as the formation of the laminated body 1 to form the resin layer 1020. Thus, the laminated body 4 (the laminated body shown in FIG. 3) was obtained.

(加熱條件) 條件1:於130℃下加熱40分鐘(第1階段的加熱),接著於200℃下加熱300分鐘(第2階段的加熱)。 條件2:於150℃下加熱30分鐘(第1階段的加熱),接著於230℃下加熱180分鐘(第2階段的加熱)。 條件3:於170℃下加熱10分鐘(第1階段的加熱),接著於250℃下加熱120分鐘(第2階段的加熱)。 條件4:於200℃下加熱340分鐘。 條件5:於230℃下加熱210分鐘。 條件6:於250℃下加熱130分鐘。 條件1~3為兩個階段加熱,條件4~6為一個階段加熱。(Heating conditions) Condition 1: Heating at 130° C. for 40 minutes (first-stage heating), and then heating at 200° C. for 300 minutes (second-stage heating). Condition 2: Heating at 150°C for 30 minutes (first-stage heating), and then heating at 230°C for 180 minutes (second-stage heating). Condition 3: Heating at 170°C for 10 minutes (first-stage heating), followed by heating at 250°C for 120 minutes (second-stage heating). Condition 4: Heating at 200°C for 340 minutes. Condition 5: Heating at 230°C for 210 minutes. Condition 6: Heating at 250°C for 130 minutes. Conditions 1 to 3 are two-stage heating, and conditions 4 to 6 are one-stage heating.

<評價> 對於上述中得到之積層體4,依照JEDEC JESD22-A104B實施熱循環測試(將-55℃/125℃下的3小時設為1循環,合計為1000循環)之後,利用掃描型電子顯微鏡及光學顯微鏡對截面進行了觀察。對於矽晶圓1010與樹脂層1020的界面、樹脂層1020與金屬層1030的界面、樹脂層1020彼此的界面有無剝離進行確認並依照以下基準評價了黏合性。在此,如圖4所示,當於金屬層1030與樹脂層1020之間發現間隙S時,判斷為於樹脂層1020與金屬層1030的界面發現剝離。對其他界面亦依照相同的基準進行判斷。 A:於矽晶圓1010與樹脂層1020的界面、樹脂層1020與金屬層1030的界面、樹脂層1020彼此的界面中的任一個中均無剝離。 B:於矽晶圓1010與樹脂層1020的界面、樹脂層1020與金屬層1030的界面、樹脂層1020彼此的界面中的任一個中均無剝離,但於該些中的任一個中發現存在似乎要剝離之部分。具體而言,於界面未觀察到因明顯的剝離引起之空洞(用顯微鏡觀察時較暗),但觀察到如陰影般界面中有些呈灰白的部分。 C:於矽晶圓1010與樹脂層1020的界面、樹脂層1020與金屬層1030的界面及樹脂層1020彼此的界面中的任一個中均發現剝離。<Evaluation> The laminate 4 obtained above was subjected to a thermal cycle test in accordance with JEDEC JESD22-A104B (3 hours at -55°C/125°C was set as one cycle, a total of 1000 cycles), and then a scanning electron microscope was used. The cross-sections were observed with an optical microscope. The interface between the silicon wafer 1010 and the resin layer 1020, the interface between the resin layer 1020 and the metal layer 1030, and the interface between the resin layers 1020 were checked for peeling, and the adhesion was evaluated based on the following criteria. Here, as shown in FIG. 4 , when a gap S is found between the metal layer 1030 and the resin layer 1020 , it is determined that peeling is found at the interface between the resin layer 1020 and the metal layer 1030 . Other interfaces are also judged based on the same criteria. A: There is no peeling in any of the interface between the silicon wafer 1010 and the resin layer 1020, the interface between the resin layer 1020 and the metal layer 1030, and the interface between the resin layers 1020. B: There is no peeling in any of the interfaces between the silicon wafer 1010 and the resin layer 1020, the interface between the resin layer 1020 and the metal layer 1030, and the interfaces between the resin layers 1020, but it is found in any of them. It seems that the part needs to be stripped off. Specifically, no voids caused by obvious peeling were observed at the interface (dark when observed with a microscope), but some gray-white parts in the interface were observed like shadows. C: Peeling is observed in any one of the interface between the silicon wafer 1010 and the resin layer 1020 , the interface between the resin layer 1020 and the metal layer 1030 , and the interface between the resin layers 1020 .

[表7] [Table 7]

如上述表所示,於實施例能夠製造黏合性優異之積層體。As shown in the above table, in the Examples, a laminated body excellent in adhesiveness can be produced.

1~4‧‧‧積層體100‧‧‧電子元件101a~101d‧‧‧半導體元件101‧‧‧積層體102b~102d‧‧‧貫通電極103a~103e‧‧‧金屬凸塊105‧‧‧再配線層110、110a、110b‧‧‧底部填充層115‧‧‧絕緣層120‧‧‧配線基板120a‧‧‧表面電極201~204‧‧‧樹脂層301~303‧‧‧金屬層401~403‧‧‧槽500‧‧‧積層體1010‧‧‧矽晶圓1020‧‧‧樹脂層1030‧‧‧金屬層S‧‧‧間隙1~4‧‧‧Laminated body 100‧‧‧Electronic component 101a~101d‧‧‧Semiconductor element 101‧‧‧Laminated body 102b~102d‧‧‧Through electrodes 103a~103e‧‧‧Metal bump 105‧‧‧Re Wiring layers 110, 110a, 110b‧‧‧Underfill layer 115‧‧‧Insulating layer 120‧‧‧Wiring substrate 120a‧‧‧Surface electrodes 201~204‧‧‧Resin layers 301~303‧‧‧Metal layers 401~403 ‧‧‧Trough 500‧‧‧Laminated body 1010‧‧‧Silicon wafer 1020‧‧‧Resin layer 1030‧‧‧Metal layer S‧‧‧Gap

圖1為表示積層體一實施形態的結構之概略圖。 圖2為表示電子元件一實施形態的結構之概略圖。 圖3為於實施例中製作之積層體的概略圖。 圖4為表示樹脂層與金屬層的剝離狀態之概略圖。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing the structure of an embodiment of the laminate. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing the structure of an embodiment of an electronic component. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the laminated body produced in the Example. FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing the peeling state of the resin layer and the metal layer.

201~204‧‧‧樹脂層 201~204‧‧‧Resin layer

301~303‧‧‧金屬層 301~303‧‧‧Metal layer

401~403‧‧‧槽 401~403‧‧‧Slot

500‧‧‧積層體 500‧‧‧Laminated body

Claims (14)

一種膜的製造方法,其使用包含聚醯亞胺前驅物和具有反應性基之矽烷偶合劑之樹脂組成物而於支撐體上形成樹脂組成物層,前述樹脂組成物為感光性樹脂組成物,對前述樹脂組成物層進行曝光及顯影而形成圖案之後,以兩個階段以上的多個階段對前述樹脂組成物層進行加熱,且以比第1階段的加熱溫度高的溫度進行第2階段的加熱。 A method for manufacturing a film, which uses a resin composition containing a polyimide precursor and a silane coupling agent having a reactive group to form a resin composition layer on a support, where the resin composition is a photosensitive resin composition, After the resin composition layer is exposed and developed to form a pattern, the resin composition layer is heated in two or more stages, and the second stage is performed at a temperature higher than the heating temperature in the first stage. Heat. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之膜的製造方法,其中將前述第1階段的加熱於130~170℃的溫度下進行10~60分鐘。 As for the film manufacturing method described in item 1 of the patent application, the heating in the first stage is performed at a temperature of 130 to 170°C for 10 to 60 minutes. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之膜的製造方法,其中將前述第1階段的加熱於130~170℃的溫度下進行20~60分鐘。 For example, in the method for manufacturing a film described in Item 1 or Item 2 of the patent application, the heating in the first stage is carried out at a temperature of 130 to 170°C for 20 to 60 minutes. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之膜的製造方法,其中將前述第2階段的加熱於180~250℃的溫度下進行60~300分鐘。 For example, the manufacturing method of the film described in item 1 or 2 of the patent application scope, wherein the aforementioned second stage heating is performed at a temperature of 180~250°C for 60~300 minutes. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之膜的製造方法,其中前述矽烷偶合劑所具有之反應性基為選自酸基、胺基、具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團及環狀醚基中之至少一種。 The method for manufacturing a film as described in item 1 or 2 of the patent application, wherein the reactive group of the silane coupling agent is selected from the group consisting of acid groups, amine groups, groups with ethylenically unsaturated bonds, and rings. At least one of the ether groups. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之膜的製造方法,其中前述矽烷偶合劑所具有之反應性基為選自酸基、具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團及環狀醚基中之至少一種。 The method for manufacturing a film as described in item 1 or 2 of the patent application, wherein the reactive group of the silane coupling agent is selected from the group consisting of acid groups, groups with ethylenically unsaturated bonds, and cyclic ether groups. At least one of them. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之膜的製造方法,其中前述聚醯亞胺前驅物為包含由式(1)表示之重複單元之聚醯亞胺前驅物,
Figure 106128253-A0305-02-0093-1
式(1)中,A21及A22分別獨立地表示氧原子或-NH-,R21表示2價有機基,R22表示4價有機基,R23及R24分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基。
The method for manufacturing a film as described in item 1 or 2 of the patent application, wherein the aforementioned polyimide precursor is a polyimide precursor containing a repeating unit represented by formula (1),
Figure 106128253-A0305-02-0093-1
In formula (1), A 21 and A 22 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -NH-, R 21 represents a divalent organic group, R 22 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R 23 and R 24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or 1-valent organic base.
如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之膜的製造方法,其中前述樹脂組成物層的形成是藉由將前述樹脂組成物塗佈於支撐體上來進行。 The method for manufacturing a film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the resin composition layer is formed by coating the resin composition on a support. 一種積層體的製造方法,其包括如申請專利範圍第1項至第8項中任一項所述之膜的製造方法。 A method for manufacturing a laminated body, which includes the method for manufacturing a film as described in any one of items 1 to 8 of the patent application. 如申請專利範圍第9項所述之積層體的製造方法,其中將利用如申請專利範圍第1項至第8項中任一項所述之膜的製造方法製造膜之製程重複2次以上。 The manufacturing method of a laminated body according to claim 9, wherein the process of manufacturing a film using the film manufacturing method described in any one of claims 1 to 8 is repeated two or more times. 如申請專利範圍第9項或第10項所述之積層體的製造方法,其還包括形成金屬層之製程。 The method for manufacturing a laminated body as described in Item 9 or Item 10 of the patent application further includes a process of forming a metal layer. 如申請專利範圍第9項所述之積層體的製造方法,其中將利用如申請專利範圍第1項至第8項中任一項所述之膜的製造方法製造膜之製程和於前述膜上形成金屬層之製程分別交替進行2次以上。 The method for manufacturing a laminated body as described in Item 9 of the patent application, wherein a process for manufacturing a film using the film manufacturing method as described in any one of Items 1 to 8 of the Application and on the aforementioned film The process of forming the metal layer is performed alternately for more than two times. 一種電子元件的製造方法,其包括如申請專利範圍第1項至第8項中任一項所述之膜的製造方法。 A method for manufacturing electronic components, which includes the method for manufacturing a film as described in any one of items 1 to 8 of the patent application scope. 一種電子元件的製造方法,其包括如申請專利範圍第9項至第12項中任一項所述之積層體的製造方法。A method of manufacturing an electronic component, which includes the method of manufacturing a laminated body as described in any one of items 9 to 12 of the patent application.
TW106128253A 2016-08-25 2017-08-21 Film manufacturing method, laminate manufacturing method, and electronic component manufacturing method TWI825000B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016-164693 2016-08-25
JP2016164693 2016-08-25

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201840436A TW201840436A (en) 2018-11-16
TWI825000B true TWI825000B (en) 2023-12-11

Family

ID=61245858

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106128253A TWI825000B (en) 2016-08-25 2017-08-21 Film manufacturing method, laminate manufacturing method, and electronic component manufacturing method
TW112131548A TW202348689A (en) 2016-08-25 2017-08-21 Method for producing film, method for producing laminated body, and method for producing electronic device

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW112131548A TW202348689A (en) 2016-08-25 2017-08-21 Method for producing film, method for producing laminated body, and method for producing electronic device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6764480B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102197805B1 (en)
TW (2) TWI825000B (en)
WO (1) WO2018038001A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7210588B2 (en) * 2018-07-31 2023-01-23 旭化成株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition, and method for producing polyimide and cured relief pattern using the same
CN112585535B (en) * 2018-09-26 2024-07-30 Jsr株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for forming resist pattern, and method for producing plated molded article
JP2020173431A (en) * 2019-04-09 2020-10-22 旭化成株式会社 Negative type photosensitive resin composition, method for producing polyimide, and method for producing cured relief pattern
JP7488659B2 (en) * 2020-01-30 2024-05-22 旭化成株式会社 Negative-type photosensitive resin composition, and method for producing polyimide and cured relief pattern using the same
US20230110416A1 (en) * 2020-01-30 2023-04-13 Asahi Kasei Kabushiki Kaisha Negative photosensitive resin composition and method for manufacturing cured relief pattern
TW202204475A (en) * 2020-06-03 2022-02-01 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JPWO2022210233A1 (en) * 2021-03-30 2022-10-06

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS62267330A (en) * 1986-05-15 1987-11-20 Ube Ind Ltd Production of polyimide film
TW200904855A (en) * 2007-04-18 2009-02-01 Ube Industries Process for producing polyimide film, and polyimide film
JP2012211221A (en) * 2011-03-30 2012-11-01 Ube Industries Ltd Method for producing polyimide film, and polyimide film
US20120308741A1 (en) * 2003-03-24 2012-12-06 Dong-Seok Kim Transparent, highly heat-resistant polyimide precursor and photosensitive polyimide composition thereof

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS60206639A (en) * 1984-03-31 1985-10-18 日東電工株式会社 Manufacture of polyimide-metallic foil composite film
JPH0682894B2 (en) * 1986-09-27 1994-10-19 住友ベ−クライト株式会社 Method for manufacturing flexible printed circuit board
JPH0466170A (en) * 1990-07-06 1992-03-02 Nippon Steel Corp Production of heat-resistant pre-coated metal plate
WO2007123161A1 (en) * 2006-04-18 2007-11-01 Ube Industries, Ltd. Polyimide film for metallizing and metal laminated polyimide film
CN104119533B (en) * 2010-02-10 2018-06-26 宇部兴产株式会社 Polyimide film, the polyimide laminate containing it and the polyimide metal laminate containing it
JP2013160827A (en) 2012-02-02 2013-08-19 Toray Ind Inc Pattern formation method for polyimide resin layer
US9159547B2 (en) 2013-09-17 2015-10-13 Deca Technologies Inc. Two step method of rapid curing a semiconductor polymer layer
WO2015182419A1 (en) * 2014-05-24 2015-12-03 株式会社カネカ Alkoxysilane-modified polyamic acid solution, laminate and flexible device using same, polyimide film, and production method for laminate

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS62267330A (en) * 1986-05-15 1987-11-20 Ube Ind Ltd Production of polyimide film
US20120308741A1 (en) * 2003-03-24 2012-12-06 Dong-Seok Kim Transparent, highly heat-resistant polyimide precursor and photosensitive polyimide composition thereof
TW200904855A (en) * 2007-04-18 2009-02-01 Ube Industries Process for producing polyimide film, and polyimide film
JP2012211221A (en) * 2011-03-30 2012-11-01 Ube Industries Ltd Method for producing polyimide film, and polyimide film

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202348689A (en) 2023-12-16
WO2018038001A1 (en) 2018-03-01
JP6764480B2 (en) 2020-09-30
TW201840436A (en) 2018-11-16
JPWO2018038001A1 (en) 2019-04-11
KR20190028735A (en) 2019-03-19
KR102197805B1 (en) 2021-01-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI825000B (en) Film manufacturing method, laminate manufacturing method, and electronic component manufacturing method
TWI758415B (en) Photosensitive resin composition, heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor, cured film, laminate, manufacturing method of cured film, and semiconductor device
TWI667538B (en) Photo-sensitive resin composition, cured film, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2018025738A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate, and semiconductor device
TWI728137B (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, cured film manufacturing method, semiconductor device, laminated body manufacturing method, semiconductor device manufacturing method, and polyimide precursor
TWI736629B (en) Manufacturing method of laminated body and manufacturing method of semiconductor element
TWI733882B (en) Manufacturing method of laminated body and manufacturing method of electronic component
TWI751341B (en) Photosensitive resin composition, polymer precursor, cured film, laminate, cured film manufacturing method and semiconductor device
TWI751252B (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, cured film manufacturing method, laminate manufacturing method, and semiconductor device
TWI732926B (en) Pattern forming method, manufacturing method of laminate, and manufacturing method of electronic device
TWI732893B (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, cured film manufacturing method, semiconductor element, laminated body manufacturing method, semiconductor element manufacturing method, and polyimide precursor
TW201741137A (en) Laminate, method for manufacturing laminate, semiconductor device, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
TW201740195A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, method for manufacturing laminate, and semiconductor device
CN108700836B (en) Method for manufacturing laminate and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
TW201934614A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, resin, cured film, laminated body, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device
TW202028304A (en) Resin composition, cured film, laminate body, cured film production method, and semiconductor device
TWI704418B (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, cured film manufacturing method, and semiconductor element
JP7354479B1 (en) Method for manufacturing a bonded body, method for manufacturing a bonded body, a laminate, a method for manufacturing a laminate, a device, a device, and a composition for forming a polyimide-containing precursor portion